1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
66 \default_output_format default
70 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
71 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
75 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
76 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
77 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
82 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
83 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
91 \paperorientation portrait
92 \backgroundcolor #ffffff
103 \paragraph_separation indent
105 \quotes_language english
108 \paperpagestyle default
109 \tracking_changes true
110 \output_changes false
126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
128 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
130 \begin_inset CommandInset href
132 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Newline newline
151 \begin_inset Note Note
154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
155 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
156 \begin_inset Newline newline
161 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
169 \begin_layout Standard
170 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
171 LatexCommand tableofcontents
178 \begin_layout Chapter
182 \begin_layout Section
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 LyX is a document preparation system.
188 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
189 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
190 It is unlike most other
191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
198 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
200 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
216 pt type, left justified, 5
217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
229 \begin_layout Standard
230 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
247 \begin_layout Standard
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
261 the format of all of the manuals.
262 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
263 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
280 \begin_layout Section
284 \begin_layout Standard
285 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
287 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
288 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
292 \begin_layout Standard
293 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
294 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
295 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
297 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
298 only a vertical scrollbar.
299 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
300 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
301 This, however, is due
302 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
303 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
304 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
305 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
307 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
308 this doesn't work for equations yet.
311 \begin_layout Standard
312 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
351 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
360 without resorting to configuration files.
361 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
362 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
363 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
368 \begin_inset Index idx
371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
378 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
379 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
384 \begin_inset space \space{}
387 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
388 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
390 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
394 \begin_inset Index idx
397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 Reconfiguration of LyX
403 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
406 \begin_layout Section
408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
410 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
417 \begin_layout Standard
418 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
419 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
442 that will be created when using the menu
444 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
463 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
464 \begin_inset Note Note
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
468 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
476 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
477 More about TeX Code is described in section
482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
484 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
488 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
495 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
505 \begin_inset Index idx
508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
509 Reconfiguration of LyX
517 \begin_layout Chapter
521 \begin_layout Section
522 Basic File Operations
523 \begin_inset Index idx
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
535 \begin_layout Standard
540 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
541 in addition to some more advanced operations:
544 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_inset Graphics
549 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
557 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_inset Graphics
582 filename ../images/file-open.png
583 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
590 \begin_layout Itemize
596 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_inset Graphics
603 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
604 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
611 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
651 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_inset Graphics
664 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Standard
679 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
680 a few minor differences.
683 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
698 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
699 you for a template to use.
700 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
701 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
702 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
710 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
717 \begin_layout Standard
719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
742 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
743 space is just that — a big, blank space.
746 \begin_layout Standard
767 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
772 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
797 will reload the document from disk.
798 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
799 and want to restore it to the last save.
808 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
809 can identify them as your changes.
812 \begin_layout Section
813 Basic Editing Features
814 \begin_inset Index idx
817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
826 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
833 \begin_layout Standard
834 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
835 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
836 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
837 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
839 We'll start with cut and paste.
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 As you might expect, the
847 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
848 various other editing features.
849 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
853 \begin_layout Itemize
859 \begin_inset Graphics
860 filename ../images/cut.png
861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
868 \begin_layout Itemize
874 \begin_inset Graphics
875 filename ../images/copy.png
876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
883 \begin_layout Itemize
889 \begin_inset Graphics
890 filename ../images/paste.png
891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
898 \begin_layout Itemize
908 \begin_layout Itemize
918 \begin_layout Itemize
932 \begin_inset Graphics
933 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
934 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
942 \begin_layout Standard
943 The first three are self-explanatory.
944 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
945 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
954 keys also functions as the
959 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
960 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
965 to get back the lost text.
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 \begin_inset Index idx
972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
978 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
987 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
990 \begin_layout Standard
993 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
998 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1009 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1015 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1019 \begin_inset space ~
1024 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1025 will start a new paragraph.
1028 \begin_layout Standard
1029 \begin_inset Index idx
1032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1039 \begin_inset Index idx
1042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1052 \begin_inset space ~
1056 \begin_inset space ~
1064 \begin_inset space ~
1068 \begin_inset space ~
1074 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1079 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1096 button to skip the current word.
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1116 If the toggle is set, searching for
1117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1128 will not match the word
1129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1143 Match whole words only
1145 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1176 \begin_layout Standard
1177 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1178 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1180 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1185 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1192 \begin_layout Section
1194 \begin_inset Index idx
1197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1204 \begin_inset Index idx
1207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1216 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1225 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1228 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1231 or the toolbar button
1232 \begin_inset Graphics
1233 filename ../images/undo.png
1234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1238 to undo some mistake.
1239 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1241 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1244 or the toolbar button
1245 \begin_inset Graphics
1246 filename ../images/redo.png
1247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1259 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1263 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1266 \begin_layout Standard
1267 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1276 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1277 This is a consequence of the 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 step undo limit, above.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1293 work on almost everything in LyX.
1294 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1298 \begin_layout Section
1300 \begin_inset Index idx
1303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1312 \begin_layout Standard
1313 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1316 \begin_layout Enumerate
1321 \begin_layout Itemize
1326 once anywhere in the edit window.
1327 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1331 \begin_layout Enumerate
1336 \begin_layout Itemize
1342 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1348 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1351 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1354 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1366 \begin_layout Standard
1367 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1368 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1372 \begin_layout Enumerate
1377 \begin_layout Standard
1382 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1387 \begin_layout Section
1389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1391 name "sec:Navigating"
1396 \begin_inset Index idx
1399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1408 \begin_layout Standard
1409 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1412 \begin_layout Itemize
1417 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1418 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1421 \begin_layout Itemize
1424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1427 or the toolbar button
1428 \begin_inset Graphics
1429 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1437 \begin_layout Standard
1438 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1439 (TOC) that is described in section
1440 \begin_inset space ~
1444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1446 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1451 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1452 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1453 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1454 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1455 to the document, see section
1456 \begin_inset space ~
1460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1462 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1471 option sorts the current list, and the
1475 option keeps it in the current view state.
1476 Keeping means that when you have e.
1477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1481 \begin_inset space \space{}
1484 the subsections of section
1485 \begin_inset space ~
1488 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1489 \begin_inset space ~
1492 3, the subsections of section
1493 \begin_inset space ~
1496 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1501 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1502 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_layout Standard
1510 \begin_inset space \space{}
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/down.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1526 \begin_inset space \space{}
1530 \begin_inset Graphics
1531 filename ../images/up.png
1532 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1537 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1541 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1543 So you can for example move section
1544 \begin_inset space ~
1548 \begin_inset space ~
1552 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1554 \begin_inset Graphics
1555 filename ../images/promote.png
1556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/demote.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1567 or the corresponding key bindings
1575 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1576 So you can for example make section
1577 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1591 \begin_layout Section
1593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1603 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1608 \begin_inset Index idx
1611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1618 \begin_inset Index idx
1621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1653 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1655 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1656 is used to propose completions.
1659 \begin_layout Standard
1660 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1661 there are completions available.
1662 You can then press the
1666 key to use this completion.
1667 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1668 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1669 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1676 \begin_layout Standard
1677 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1679 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1682 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1684 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1687 by deselecting the option
1694 Automatic inline completion
1696 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1697 To accept this proposal, use the
1706 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1707 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1715 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1722 \begin_layout Section
1724 \begin_inset Index idx
1727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1734 \begin_inset Index idx
1737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1766 \begin_inset Index idx
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Standard
1801 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1802 LyX's default is CUA.
1805 \begin_layout Standard
1809 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1838 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1842 \begin_layout Labeling
1843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1847 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1848 LatexCommand nomenclature
1850 description "Tabulator key"
1856 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1857 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1858 \begin_inset space ~
1862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1864 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1871 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1875 , especially section
1876 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1882 reference "sub:Lists"
1888 If you're still confused, look in the
1895 \begin_layout Labeling
1896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1900 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1901 LatexCommand nomenclature
1903 description "Escape key"
1910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1917 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1918 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1921 \begin_layout Labeling
1922 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1928 \begin_inset space ~
1932 \begin_inset space ~
1939 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1940 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1945 There are three modifier keys:
1948 \begin_layout Labeling
1949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1967 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1968 LatexCommand nomenclature
1970 description "Control key"
1974 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1975 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1979 \begin_layout Itemize
1988 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1991 \begin_layout Itemize
2000 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2003 \begin_layout Itemize
2012 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2016 \begin_layout Labeling
2017 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2035 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2036 LatexCommand nomenclature
2038 description "Shift key"
2042 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2043 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2046 \begin_layout Labeling
2047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2065 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2066 LatexCommand nomenclature
2068 description "Alt or Meta key"
2072 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2073 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2074 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2080 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2082 menu accelerator keys
2085 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2086 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2090 \begin_layout Standard
2091 For example, the sequence
2092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2098 \begin_inset space ~
2102 \begin_inset space ~
2108 \begin_inset space ~
2116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_layout Standard
2156 manual lists all other things bound to the
2164 \begin_layout Standard
2165 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2166 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2167 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2168 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2169 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2170 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2171 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2172 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2188 followed by a capital
2195 \begin_layout Standard
2196 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2198 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2203 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2206 as explained in sec.
2207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2213 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2220 \begin_layout Chapter
2222 \begin_inset Index idx
2225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2234 \begin_layout Section
2236 \begin_inset Index idx
2239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2248 \begin_layout Subsection
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2253 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2254 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2255 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2256 numbering schemes, and so on.
2257 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2258 and format the title of your document differently.
2261 \begin_layout Standard
2266 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2267 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2268 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2269 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2270 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2273 \begin_layout Standard
2274 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2275 how to adjust their properties.
2278 \begin_layout Subsection
2280 \begin_inset Index idx
2283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2292 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2300 You can select a class using the
2302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2304 \begin_inset Index idx
2307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2316 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2320 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2329 \begin_layout Description
2330 Article for basic articles
2333 \begin_layout Description
2334 Report for basic reports
2337 \begin_layout Description
2338 Book for writing a book
2341 \begin_layout Description
2342 Letter for US-style letters
2345 \begin_layout Standard
2346 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2348 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2349 can be found in chapter
2351 Special Document Classes
2360 \begin_layout Description
2361 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2364 \begin_layout Description
2371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2380 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2384 \begin_layout Description
2385 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2386 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2387 There are three article layouts available.
2388 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2389 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2390 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2391 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2396 sequential numbering
2397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2400 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2401 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2402 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2403 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 Beamer Layout for presentations
2410 \begin_layout Description
2411 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2412 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2416 \begin_layout Description
2418 \begin_inset space ~
2421 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2424 \begin_layout Description
2425 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2428 \begin_layout Description
2431 Die TeXnische Komödie
2433 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2436 \begin_layout Description
2437 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2440 \begin_layout Description
2441 Foils Used to make transparencies
2444 \begin_layout Description
2445 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2448 \begin_layout Description
2449 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2450 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2454 \begin_layout Description
2455 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2456 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2469 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2476 \begin_layout Description
2481 LaTeX document class
2484 \begin_layout Description
2485 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2488 \begin_layout Description
2493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2500 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2501 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2503 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Slides Used to make transparencies
2510 \begin_layout Description
2512 \begin_inset space ~
2515 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2516 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2519 \begin_layout Description
2520 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2523 \begin_layout Description
2528 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2531 \begin_layout Standard
2532 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2534 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2539 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2540 of the document classes.
2543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2552 \begin_inset Index idx
2555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2565 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2566 in the chosen document class.
2567 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2569 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2570 the corresponding module in the
2576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2580 \begin_inset Index idx
2583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2590 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2594 \begin_layout Standard
2595 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2603 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2604 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2612 \begin_layout Standard
2613 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2621 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2634 Each class has a default set of options.
2635 Here's a quick table describing them:
2638 \begin_layout Standard
2639 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2645 \begin_layout Standard
2647 \begin_inset Tabular
2648 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2649 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3109 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3116 You're probably also wondering what
3117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3121 \begin_inset space ~
3125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3129 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3130 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3135 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3140 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3150 headings, there are also
3158 headings, and so on.
3159 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3160 \begin_inset space ~
3164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3166 reference "sub:Headings"
3173 \begin_layout Subsection
3175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3177 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3182 \begin_inset Index idx
3185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3194 \begin_inset Index idx
3197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3206 \begin_layout Standard
3207 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3220 \begin_inset space ~
3225 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3227 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3228 to use for your document.
3229 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3233 \begin_layout Standard
3240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3246 \begin_inset space ~
3251 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3252 You can choose between the following five options:
3255 \begin_layout Labeling
3256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3261 Use default page style of current class.
3264 \begin_layout Labeling
3265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3270 No page numbers or headings.
3273 \begin_layout Labeling
3274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3282 \begin_layout Labeling
3283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3288 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3289 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3290 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3293 \begin_layout Labeling
3294 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3299 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3305 \begin_inset Index idx
3308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3309 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3315 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3316 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3318 Check the documentation for the
3322 package for more details,
3323 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3332 \begin_layout Standard
3337 of paragraphs is described in section
3338 \begin_inset space ~
3342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3344 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3351 \begin_layout Subsection
3352 Paper Size and Orientation
3353 \begin_inset Index idx
3356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 Document ! Paper size
3363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3365 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3372 \begin_layout Standard
3373 You'll find the following options in the menu
3376 \begin_inset space ~
3381 of the dialog of the
3383 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3389 \begin_inset Index idx
3392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 \begin_layout Labeling
3402 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3406 \begin_inset space ~
3411 What size paper to print on.
3415 \begin_layout Itemize
3421 \begin_layout Itemize
3431 \begin_layout Itemize
3437 \begin_layout Itemize
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3449 \begin_layout Itemize
3455 \begin_layout Itemize
3461 \begin_layout Labeling
3462 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3467 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3478 \begin_layout Labeling
3479 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3483 \begin_inset space ~
3488 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3489 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3492 \begin_layout Subsection
3494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3501 \begin_inset Index idx
3504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3511 \begin_inset Index idx
3514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3523 \begin_layout Standard
3524 Paper margins are set in the menu
3526 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3530 \begin_inset Index idx
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3543 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3544 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3545 the paper format and the font size into account.
3548 \begin_layout Subsection
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3553 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3558 That includes the paragraph environments.
3559 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3560 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3561 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3562 paragraph environments to
3566 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3567 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3568 the conversion and why it failed.
3571 \begin_layout Section
3572 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3573 \begin_inset Index idx
3576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3577 Paragraph ! Indentation
3585 \begin_layout Subsection
3587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3589 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3596 \begin_layout Standard
3597 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3598 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3601 \begin_layout Standard
3602 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3603 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3604 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3605 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3609 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3615 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3616 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3617 language than English.
3618 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3621 \begin_layout Standard
3622 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3623 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3625 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3626 LyX takes care of that.
3627 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3629 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3630 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3631 of a page, and so on.
3635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3636 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3641 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3642 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3646 of these pre-coded spacings.
3647 We'll explain more later.
3650 \begin_layout Subsection
3651 Paragraph Separation
3652 \begin_inset Index idx
3655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3656 Paragraph ! Separation
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 To separate paragraphs, select
3676 \begin_inset space ~
3683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3687 \begin_inset Index idx
3690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3697 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3698 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3701 \begin_layout Standard
3711 \begin_layout Standard
3712 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3713 \begin_inset space ~
3717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3719 reference "cap:Units"
3724 The default length is 30
3725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3731 \begin_layout Subsection
3735 \begin_layout Standard
3736 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3739 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3741 \begin_inset space ~
3746 dialog and toggle the
3749 \begin_inset space ~
3754 option to change the state of the current paragraph
3755 \change_inserted 0 1239957270
3759 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3765 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3766 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3770 \begin_layout Standard
3771 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3772 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3775 \begin_layout Subsection
3777 \begin_inset Index idx
3780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3781 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3789 \begin_layout Standard
3792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3796 \begin_inset Index idx
3799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3808 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3811 \begin_inset space ~
3815 \change_inserted 0 1239957292
3821 arg "paragraph-params \\paragraph_spacing single"
3827 arg "paragraph-params \\paragraph_spacing onehalf"
3833 arg "paragraph-params \\paragraph_spacing double"
3839 arg "paragraph-params \\paragraph_spacing default"
3842 for single, onehalf, double, default settings)
3848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3849 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3854 \begin_inset Index idx
3857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3858 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3863 installed to use this feature.
3871 \begin_layout Section
3872 Paragraph Environments
3873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3875 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3880 \begin_inset Index idx
3883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3884 Paragraph ! Environments
3890 \begin_inset Index idx
3893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3894 Paragraph environments|(
3902 \begin_layout Subsection
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3907 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3910 \begin_layout Standard
3929 \begin_inset Newline newline
3932 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3933 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3934 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3943 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3946 \begin_layout Standard
3947 A paragraph environment is simply a
3948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3955 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3956 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3957 scheme, labels, and so on.
3958 Additionally, you can
3959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3966 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3967 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3968 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3969 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3970 days of typewriters.
3971 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3973 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3976 \begin_layout Standard
3977 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3978 \begin_inset Graphics
3979 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3985 at the left end of the toolbar.
3986 LyX will change the environment of the
3990 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3991 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3992 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3996 \begin_layout Standard
4005 create a new paragraph using the
4009 paragraph environment.
4011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4018 because if you are in one of these environments:
4021 \begin_layout Itemize
4027 \begin_layout Itemize
4033 \begin_layout Itemize
4039 \begin_layout Itemize
4045 \begin_layout Itemize
4051 \begin_layout Itemize
4057 \begin_layout Itemize
4063 \begin_layout Standard
4064 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4068 , rather than resetting it to
4073 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4074 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4075 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4076 \begin_inset space ~
4080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4082 reference "sec:Nesting"
4087 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4092 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4093 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4097 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4103 \begin_layout Subsection
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 The default paragraph environment is
4113 It creates a plain paragraph.
4114 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4115 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4116 this manual) are in the
4123 \begin_layout Standard
4124 You can nest a paragraph using the
4128 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4136 \begin_layout Subsection
4138 \begin_inset Index idx
4141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4150 \begin_layout Standard
4151 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4160 for thanks or contact information.
4161 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4162 page along with today's date.
4163 For other types of documents, the title
4164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4171 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4175 \begin_layout Standard
4176 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4190 Here's how you use them:
4193 \begin_layout Itemize
4194 Put the title of your document in the
4201 \begin_layout Itemize
4202 Put the author name in the
4209 \begin_layout Itemize
4210 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4211 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4217 Note that using this environment is optional.
4218 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4219 If you don't want any date, add the line
4220 \begin_inset Newline newline
4230 \begin_inset Newline newline
4233 to the preamble of your document (menu
4235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 You can use footnotes to insert
4243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4250 or contact information.
4253 \begin_layout Subsection
4255 \begin_inset Index idx
4258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4274 \begin_layout Standard
4275 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4276 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4281 \begin_inset Index idx
4284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4285 Section headings ! Numbered
4293 \begin_layout Standard
4294 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4298 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4316 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 \begin_layout Enumerate
4334 \begin_layout Enumerate
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4342 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4343 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4346 \begin_layout Standard
4347 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4348 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4349 You group the book into chapters.
4350 LyX does similar grouping:
4353 \begin_layout Itemize
4358 is divided in either
4369 \begin_layout Itemize
4381 \begin_layout Itemize
4393 \begin_layout Itemize
4405 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 \begin_layout Itemize
4429 \begin_layout Standard
4430 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4438 Not all document types use the
4442 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4447 is the top-level heading.
4455 \begin_layout Standard
4460 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4461 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4463 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4475 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4477 \begin_inset Index idx
4480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4481 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4489 \begin_layout Standard
4490 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4494 \begin_layout Enumerate
4500 \begin_layout Enumerate
4506 \begin_layout Enumerate
4512 \begin_layout Enumerate
4518 \begin_layout Enumerate
4524 \begin_layout Standard
4526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4533 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4534 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4535 table of contents, see section
4536 \begin_inset space ~
4540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4550 Changing the Numbering
4551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4553 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4560 \begin_layout Standard
4561 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4562 in the Table of Contents.
4563 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4565 Certain classes start with
4579 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4589 This is something you can change.
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4595 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4601 \begin_inset Index idx
4604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4615 \begin_inset space ~
4619 \begin_inset space ~
4624 you'll see two counters.
4629 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4631 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4636 Short Titles of Headings
4637 \begin_inset Index idx
4640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4641 Section headings ! Short titles
4650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4659 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4666 \begin_layout Standard
4667 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4668 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4669 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4670 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4673 \begin_layout Standard
4674 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4675 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4676 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4677 To specify a short title, use the menu
4679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4681 \begin_inset space ~
4687 This will insert a box labeled
4688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4703 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4704 This also works for captions inside floats.
4707 \begin_layout Standard
4708 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4711 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4715 \begin_layout Standard
4716 The following information applies to all section headings:
4719 \begin_layout Itemize
4720 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4723 \begin_layout Itemize
4724 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4727 \begin_layout Itemize
4728 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4731 \begin_layout Itemize
4732 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4735 \begin_layout Subsection
4736 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4739 \begin_layout Standard
4740 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4754 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4755 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4756 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4757 the text they contain.
4758 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4766 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4769 \begin_layout Standard
4770 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4779 when you start a new paragraph.
4780 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4784 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4785 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4786 to change back to the
4790 environment yourself.
4793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4810 \begin_inset Index idx
4813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4822 \begin_layout Standard
4823 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4824 time for the differences.
4833 are identical except for one difference:
4837 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4846 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4849 \begin_layout Standard
4850 Here's an example of the
4863 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4865 See – no indentation!
4869 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4870 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4871 the other paragraph.
4874 \begin_layout Standard
4875 Here's another example, this time in the
4882 \begin_layout Quotation
4888 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4889 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4890 the first line, then
4894 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4898 you were quoting other text.
4901 \begin_layout Quotation
4902 Here's a new paragraph.
4903 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4904 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 As the examples show,
4912 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4913 They should put quotes in the
4918 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4922 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4931 \begin_inset Index idx
4934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4943 \begin_inset Index idx
4946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4962 \begin_layout Standard
4967 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4973 \begin_inset Newline newline
4976 Which I did not rehearse!
4980 It could be much worse.
4981 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4983 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4984 indented a bit more than the first.
4985 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4991 \begin_inset Newline newline
4994 And make things look fine
4995 \begin_inset Newline newline
5001 arg "newline-insert newline"
5007 \begin_layout Standard
5012 does not indent both margins.
5013 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5014 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5021 arg "newline-insert newline"
5027 \begin_layout Subsection
5029 \begin_inset Index idx
5032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5048 \begin_layout Standard
5049 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5059 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5068 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5069 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5070 some general features of all four of them.
5073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5077 \begin_layout Standard
5078 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5080 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5089 reset the environment to
5093 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5094 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5095 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5099 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5102 to break paragraphs.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5107 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5109 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5110 you read all of section
5111 \begin_inset space ~
5115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5117 reference "sec:Nesting"
5125 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5131 \begin_inset Index idx
5134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5150 \begin_layout Standard
5151 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5155 paragraph environment.
5156 It has the following properties:
5159 \begin_layout Itemize
5160 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5164 \begin_layout Itemize
5165 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5168 \begin_layout Itemize
5169 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5173 \begin_layout Itemize
5174 The items can have any length.
5175 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5176 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5183 \begin_layout Itemize
5188 environment inside another
5192 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5196 \begin_layout Itemize
5197 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5200 \begin_layout Itemize
5201 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5204 \begin_layout Itemize
5206 \begin_inset space ~
5210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5212 reference "sec:Nesting"
5216 for a full explanation of nesting.
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5221 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5230 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5235 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5236 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5239 \begin_layout Itemize
5240 The label for the first level
5244 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5248 \begin_layout Itemize
5249 The label for the second level is a dash.
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5263 \begin_layout Itemize
5264 Back out to the third level.
5268 \begin_layout Itemize
5269 Back to the second level.
5273 \begin_layout Itemize
5274 Back to the outermost level.
5277 \begin_layout Standard
5278 These are the default labels for an
5283 You can customize these labels in the
5285 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5288 dialog in the submenu
5295 \begin_inset Index idx
5298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5307 \begin_layout Standard
5308 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5309 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5311 \begin_inset space ~
5315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5317 reference "sec:Nesting"
5324 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5330 \begin_inset Index idx
5333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5342 name "sec:Enumerate"
5349 \begin_layout Standard
5354 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5355 It has these properties:
5358 \begin_layout Enumerate
5359 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5363 \begin_layout Enumerate
5364 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5368 \begin_layout Enumerate
5369 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5372 \begin_layout Enumerate
5377 environment resets the counter to one.
5380 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 \begin_layout Enumerate
5394 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5395 Items can have any length.
5398 \begin_layout Enumerate
5399 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5402 \begin_layout Enumerate
5403 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5406 \begin_layout Enumerate
5407 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5411 \begin_layout Standard
5420 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5421 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5428 \begin_layout Enumerate
5429 The first level of an
5433 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5437 \begin_layout Enumerate
5438 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5442 \begin_layout Enumerate
5443 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5447 \begin_layout Enumerate
5448 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5457 \begin_layout Enumerate
5458 Back to the third level
5462 \begin_layout Enumerate
5463 Back to the second level.
5467 \begin_layout Enumerate
5468 Back to the outermost level.
5471 \begin_layout Standard
5472 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5477 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5482 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5486 \begin_layout Standard
5487 There is more to nesting
5491 environments than we've stated here.
5492 You should read section
5493 \begin_inset space ~
5497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5499 reference "sec:Nesting"
5503 to learn more about nesting.
5506 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5512 \begin_inset Index idx
5515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5524 \begin_layout Standard
5525 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5529 list has no fixed label.
5530 Instead, LyX uses the first
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5538 of the first line as the label.
5542 \begin_layout Description
5543 Example: This is an example of the
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5551 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5555 \begin_layout Standard
5557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5564 it is meant that the first hit of the
5568 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5570 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5578 arg "space-insert protected"
5583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5584 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5592 \begin_inset space ~
5596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5598 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5602 for more info.) Here is an example:
5605 \begin_layout Description
5607 \begin_inset space ~
5610 Example: This one shows how to use a
5613 \begin_inset space ~
5625 \begin_layout Description
5626 Usage: You should use the
5630 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5631 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5633 It's not a good idea to use a
5637 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5638 You're better off using
5650 paragraphs into them.
5653 \begin_layout Description
5654 Nesting: You can nest
5658 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5662 \begin_layout Standard
5663 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5664 them from the first line.
5667 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5673 \begin_inset Index idx
5676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5685 \begin_layout Standard
5690 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5693 \begin_layout Standard
5694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5702 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5707 environment is named
5719 \begin_layout Standard
5728 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5729 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5732 \begin_layout Labeling
5733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5735 \begin_inset space ~
5738 labels LyX uses the first
5739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5746 of each line as the item label.
5751 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5752 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5753 blank as described above.
5756 \begin_layout Labeling
5757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5758 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5759 the body of the item text.
5760 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5761 label width plus a little extra space.
5765 \begin_layout Labeling
5766 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5768 \begin_inset space ~
5771 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5773 If the label width is larger, the label
5774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5781 into the first line.
5782 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5783 margin of the rest of the item text.
5786 \begin_layout Labeling
5787 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5789 \begin_inset space ~
5792 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5797 environment have the same left margin.
5798 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5804 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5806 \begin_inset space ~
5815 \begin_inset space ~
5820 determines the default label width.
5821 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5830 multiple times instead.
5831 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5840 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5843 \begin_inset space ~
5848 every time you alter a label in a
5853 \begin_inset Newline newline
5856 The predefined default width is the length of
5857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5866 \begin_inset Newline newline
5870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5878 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5879 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5887 \begin_layout Standard
5892 environment the same way like the
5896 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5902 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5911 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5913 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5915 \begin_inset space ~
5919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5921 reference "sec:Nesting"
5925 to learn about nesting.
5928 \begin_layout Standard
5929 There is yet another feature of the
5933 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5935 You can use additional
5939 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5944 are documented in section
5945 \begin_inset space ~
5949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5951 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5956 Here are some examples:
5957 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5963 \begin_layout Labeling
5964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5965 Left The default for
5972 \begin_layout Labeling
5973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5981 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5984 \begin_layout Labeling
5985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5986 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5990 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5997 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6000 \begin_layout Subsection
6002 \begin_inset Index idx
6005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6022 \begin_inset space ~
6030 \begin_layout Standard
6031 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6039 \begin_inset space ~
6045 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6046 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6047 In contrast, you can use the
6054 \begin_inset space ~
6059 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6060 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6064 \begin_layout Standard
6065 Of course, you're not limited to using
6072 \begin_inset space ~
6081 \begin_inset space ~
6086 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6087 some European academic papers.
6090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6094 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6101 \begin_layout Standard
6106 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6107 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6111 \begin_inset space ~
6116 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6117 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6118 Here's an example of each:
6121 \begin_layout Right Address
6123 \begin_inset Newline newline
6127 \begin_inset Newline newline
6131 \begin_inset Newline newline
6134 When is it? What is today?
6137 \begin_layout Standard
6141 \begin_inset space ~
6147 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6148 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6149 Here's an example of the
6156 \begin_layout Address
6158 \begin_inset Newline newline
6161 Where do I send this
6162 \begin_inset Newline newline
6165 Your post office and country
6168 \begin_layout Standard
6169 As you can see, both
6176 \begin_inset space ~
6181 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6186 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6192 This makes sense, since
6200 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6201 Thus, you have to use
6208 arg "newline-insert newline"
6214 \begin_inset space ~
6217 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6219 \begin_inset space ~
6228 menu) to start a new line in an
6235 \begin_inset space ~
6243 \begin_layout Subsection
6247 \begin_layout Standard
6248 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6249 or list of references.
6250 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6257 \begin_inset Index idx
6260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6274 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6275 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6276 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6277 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6281 in anything else or vice versa.
6287 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6288 The book document classes ignores the
6292 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6296 in a letter document class.
6299 \begin_layout Standard
6304 environment does several things for you.
6305 First, it puts the centered label
6306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6314 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6316 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6317 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6318 the subsequent text.
6319 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6320 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6323 \begin_layout Standard
6324 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6328 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6329 The new paragraph will still be in the
6334 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6335 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6338 \begin_layout Standard
6339 \begin_inset Float figure
6344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6346 \begin_inset Graphics
6347 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6355 \begin_inset Caption
6357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6360 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6382 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6386 environment, but since this document is in the
6387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6394 class, we can't do this.
6395 We inserted it therefore as figure
6396 \begin_inset space ~
6400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6402 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6407 If you've never heard of an
6408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6415 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6424 \begin_inset Index idx
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6436 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6443 \begin_layout Standard
6448 environment is used to list references.
6449 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6450 only use it at the end of the document.
6455 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6458 \begin_layout Standard
6459 When you first open a
6463 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6479 depending on the document class.
6480 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6481 Each paragraph of the
6485 environment is a bibliography entry.
6490 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6491 Each new paragraph is still in the
6498 \begin_layout Standard
6499 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6500 by using a BibTeX database.
6501 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6502 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6503 \begin_inset space ~
6507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6509 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6516 \begin_layout Subsection
6520 \begin_inset Index idx
6523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6524 Paragraph ! LyX code
6530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6539 \begin_layout Standard
6544 environment is another LyX extension.
6545 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6550 key as a fixed whitespace;
6554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6566 \begin_inset space ~
6571 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6576 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6577 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6580 arg "newline-insert newline"
6597 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6598 So, when you finish using the
6602 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6603 Also, you can nest the
6607 environment inside of others.
6610 \begin_layout Standard
6611 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6614 \begin_layout Itemize
6618 arg "newline-insert newline"
6621 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6626 \begin_inset space \space{}
6636 arg "newline-insert newline"
6642 \begin_layout Itemize
6646 arg "newline-insert newline"
6657 \begin_layout Itemize
6662 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6669 \begin_layout Itemize
6673 arg "space-insert protected"
6680 \begin_layout Itemize
6681 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6682 You must put at least one
6686 in any line you want blank.
6687 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6691 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6695 since that will insert
6700 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6703 arg "self-insert \""
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6729 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6730 printf("Hello World!
6735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6739 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6744 This is just the standard
6745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6756 \begin_layout Standard
6761 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6762 rc-files, and so on.
6763 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6764 as if you used a typewriter.
6765 \begin_inset Index idx
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6769 Paragraph environments|)
6777 \begin_layout Section
6778 Nesting Environments
6779 \begin_inset Index idx
6782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6783 Nesting ! Environments
6789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6798 \begin_layout Subsection
6802 \begin_layout Standard
6803 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6805 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6807 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6809 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6821 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6830 \begin_layout Enumerate
6834 \begin_layout Enumerate
6839 \begin_layout Enumerate
6843 \begin_layout Standard
6844 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6845 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6848 \begin_inset space ~
6852 \begin_inset space ~
6860 \begin_inset space ~
6864 \begin_inset space ~
6873 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6874 will tell you how far you are nested).
6875 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6876 \begin_inset Graphics
6877 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6882 \begin_inset Graphics
6883 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6887 or the convenient key bindings
6898 arg "depth-increment"
6904 arg "depth-decrement"
6907 to change the nesting level.
6908 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6909 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6915 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6916 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6917 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6922 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6924 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6927 \begin_layout Subsection
6928 What You Can and Can't Nest
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6933 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6938 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6939 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6943 Completely unnestable
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6951 \begin_layout Itemize
6952 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6957 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6958 environments have them:
6961 \begin_layout Description
6962 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6963 Can't nest into them.
6967 \begin_layout Itemize
6973 \begin_layout Itemize
6979 \begin_layout Itemize
6985 \begin_layout Itemize
6991 \begin_layout Itemize
6998 \begin_layout Description
7000 \begin_inset space ~
7003 Nestable You can nest them.
7004 You can nest other things into them.
7008 \begin_layout Itemize
7014 \begin_layout Itemize
7020 \begin_layout Itemize
7026 \begin_layout Itemize
7032 \begin_layout Itemize
7038 \begin_layout Itemize
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7050 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Description
7058 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7059 You can't nest anything into them.
7063 \begin_layout Itemize
7069 \begin_layout Itemize
7075 \begin_layout Itemize
7081 \begin_layout Itemize
7087 \begin_layout Itemize
7093 \begin_layout Itemize
7099 \begin_layout Itemize
7105 \begin_layout Itemize
7111 \begin_layout Itemize
7117 \begin_layout Itemize
7123 \begin_layout Itemize
7129 \begin_layout Itemize
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_layout Itemize
7145 \begin_inset space ~
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7158 \begin_layout Standard
7159 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7167 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7176 \begin_inset space ~
7180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7184 \begin_inset space \space{}
7187 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7188 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7189 section headings violate this.
7197 \begin_layout Subsection
7198 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7199 \begin_inset Index idx
7202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7203 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7211 \begin_layout Standard
7212 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7213 affected by nesting anyhow.
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7221 \begin_layout Itemize
7225 \begin_layout Itemize
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7239 Figures and tables in
7243 are not affected by this.
7248 Have a look at section
7249 \begin_inset space ~
7253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7255 reference "sec:Floats"
7259 for more information about
7266 \begin_layout Standard
7267 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7268 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7272 \begin_layout Standard
7273 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7281 of its own, it behaves just like a
7282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7289 paragraph environment.
7290 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7295 Here's an example with a table:
7298 \begin_layout Enumerate
7303 \begin_layout Enumerate
7304 This is (a) and it's nested.
7308 \begin_layout Standard
7309 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7315 \begin_layout Standard
7317 \begin_inset Tabular
7318 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7319 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7406 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7413 \begin_layout Enumerate
7415 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7423 \begin_layout Standard
7424 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7432 \begin_layout Enumerate
7433 This is (a) and it's nested.
7437 \begin_layout Standard
7438 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7444 \begin_layout Standard
7446 \begin_inset Tabular
7447 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7448 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7534 \begin_layout Standard
7535 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7541 \begin_layout Enumerate
7548 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7551 \begin_layout Enumerate
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7556 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7560 \begin_layout Standard
7561 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7563 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7566 \begin_layout Enumerate
7571 \begin_layout Enumerate
7572 This is (a) and it's nested.
7575 \begin_layout Standard
7576 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7582 \begin_layout Standard
7584 \begin_inset Tabular
7585 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7586 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7672 \begin_layout Standard
7673 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7679 \begin_layout Enumerate
7681 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7689 \begin_layout Enumerate
7693 \begin_layout Standard
7694 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7700 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7701 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7705 \begin_layout Subsection
7706 Usage and General Features
7709 \begin_layout Standard
7710 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7719 is the innermost possible depth.
7720 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7723 \begin_layout Enumerate
7724 level #1 - outermost
7728 \begin_layout Enumerate
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Enumerate
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7748 \begin_layout Itemize
7757 \begin_layout Standard
7758 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7759 both of them in the example.
7760 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7770 For example, if we tried to nest another
7775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7782 , we would get errors.
7785 \begin_layout Subsection
7787 \begin_inset Index idx
7790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7799 \begin_layout Standard
7800 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7801 We have several examples of nested environments.
7802 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7807 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7810 \begin_layout Labeling
7811 \labelwidthstring MMM
7812 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7821 \begin_layout Labeling
7822 \labelwidthstring MMM
7823 #2-a This is level #2.
7824 We created it by using
7827 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7833 arg "depth-increment"
7840 \begin_layout Labeling
7841 \labelwidthstring MMM
7842 #3-a This is level #3.
7843 This time, we just hit
7850 arg "depth-increment"
7854 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7858 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7864 arg "depth-increment"
7871 \begin_layout Standard
7876 environment, nested inside of
7877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7885 So, it's at level #4.
7886 We did this by hitting
7889 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7895 arg "depth-increment"
7898 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7903 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7919 \begin_layout Standard
7924 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7927 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7933 \begin_layout Labeling
7934 \labelwidthstring MMM
7935 #4-a This is level #4.
7939 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7942 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7947 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7951 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7956 keep nesting things inside
7957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7968 \begin_layout Labeling
7969 \labelwidthstring MMM
7970 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7975 \begin_layout Labeling
7976 \labelwidthstring MMM
7977 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7978 and this is level #6.
7979 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7983 \begin_layout Labeling
7984 \labelwidthstring MMM
7985 #5-b Back to level #5.
7989 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7995 arg "depth-decrement"
8002 \begin_layout Labeling
8003 \labelwidthstring MMM
8007 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8013 arg "depth-decrement"
8016 , we're back at level #4.
8020 \begin_layout Labeling
8021 \labelwidthstring MMM
8022 #3-b Back to level #3.
8023 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8027 \begin_layout Labeling
8028 \labelwidthstring MMM
8029 #2-b Back to level #2.
8034 \begin_layout Labeling
8035 \labelwidthstring MMM
8036 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8037 After this sentence, we'll hit
8041 and change the paragraph environment back to
8048 \begin_layout Standard
8049 We could have also used the
8065 environment in place of the
8070 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8074 Example 2: Inheritance
8077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8078 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8081 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8090 arg "depth-increment"
8093 , after which, we'll change to the
8101 \begin_layout Enumerate
8106 environment, at level #2.
8109 \begin_layout Enumerate
8110 Notice how the nested
8114 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8118 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8122 \begin_layout Standard
8123 We ended this example by hitting
8128 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8132 and reset the nesting depth by using
8135 arg "depth-decrement"
8141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8142 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8155 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8163 \begin_layout Enumerate
8164 This is level #1, in an
8168 paragraph environment.
8169 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8173 \begin_layout Enumerate
8178 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8184 arg "depth-increment"
8188 Now, what happens if we nest an
8192 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8193 label be? An asterisk?
8197 \begin_layout Itemize
8207 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8208 So, its label is a bullet.
8209 (We got here by using
8212 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8218 arg "depth-increment"
8221 , then changing the environment to
8229 \begin_layout Itemize
8230 Here's level #4, produced using
8233 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8239 arg "depth-increment"
8243 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8248 \begin_layout Enumerate
8249 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8251 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8256 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8260 , because we are in the
8269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8288 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8294 type of numbering does LyX use?
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8301 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8304 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8307 \begin_layout Enumerate
8311 arg "depth-decrement"
8314 to decrease the depth after the next
8317 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8324 \begin_layout Enumerate
8326 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8330 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8333 numeral as the label.Why?
8336 \begin_layout Enumerate
8337 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8346 Notice, however, that LyX
8350 reset the counter for the label.
8354 \begin_layout Enumerate
8358 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8364 arg "depth-decrement"
8367 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8368 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8369 into the twofold-nested
8377 \begin_layout Enumerate
8378 The same thing happens if we do another
8381 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8387 arg "depth-decrement"
8390 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8393 \begin_layout Standard
8394 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8399 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8413 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8419 The same rule applies for the
8423 environment, as well.
8426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8427 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8430 \begin_layout Enumerate
8431 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8432 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8433 same detail with how we did it.
8442 \begin_layout Standard
8450 arg "depth-increment"
8457 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8458 example in parentheses someplace.
8459 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8460 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8461 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8465 \begin_layout Enumerate
8470 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8475 Now we'll add verse.
8476 \begin_inset Newline newline
8479 It will get much worse.
8480 \begin_inset Newline newline
8490 arg "depth-increment"
8501 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8502 \begin_inset Newline newline
8505 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8506 \begin_inset Newline newline
8512 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8525 \begin_layout Standard
8526 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8532 \begin_layout Standard
8534 \begin_inset Tabular
8535 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8536 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8627 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8637 arg "depth-increment"
8643 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8653 arg "depth-decrement"
8660 \begin_layout Enumerate
8665 : level #1) This is another item.
8666 Note that selecting a
8670 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8671 3 times to put the table inside the
8679 \begin_layout Quotation
8680 We're now ending the
8684 list and changing to
8689 We're still at level #1.
8690 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8691 The next set of paragraphs is a
8692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8706 \begin_inset space ~
8711 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8715 for the letter body.
8719 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8722 to preserve the depth.
8723 Remember that you need to use
8726 arg "newline-insert newline"
8729 to create multiple lines inside the
8736 \begin_inset space ~
8746 \begin_layout Right Address
8748 \begin_inset Newline newline
8751 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8752 \begin_inset Newline newline
8758 \begin_layout Address
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8766 \begin_layout Quotation
8767 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8771 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8772 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8773 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8774 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8775 as soon as possible.
8776 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8779 \begin_layout Quotation
8780 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8781 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8782 with your order, along with payment.
8785 \begin_layout Quotation
8786 We thank you again for your patience.
8789 \begin_layout Address
8791 \begin_inset Newline newline
8798 \begin_layout Quotation
8799 That ends that example!
8802 \begin_layout Standard
8803 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8804 just a few keystrokes.
8805 We could have easily nested an
8826 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8829 \begin_layout Section
8830 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8831 \begin_inset Index idx
8834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8844 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8845 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8846 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8847 be broken at the end of a line.
8848 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8852 \begin_layout Subsection
8854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8856 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8861 \begin_inset Index idx
8864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8874 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8876 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8880 Further documentation is given in section
8881 \begin_inset Newline newline
8885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8887 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8896 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8911 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8920 A protected space is set with
8922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8923 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8927 \begin_inset space ~
8937 arg "space-insert protected"
8943 \begin_layout Subsection
8945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8947 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8952 \begin_inset Index idx
8955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 Spacing ! Horizontal
8964 \begin_layout Standard
8965 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8968 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8972 The length units are listed in Appendix
8973 \begin_inset space ~
8977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8979 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8986 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8990 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8995 \begin_inset Index idx
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9007 \begin_layout Standard
9009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9013 \begin_inset space \space{}
9016 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9017 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9018 \begin_inset space ~
9022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9024 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9029 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9030 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9033 arg "space-insert normal"
9039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9043 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9048 \begin_inset Index idx
9051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9060 \begin_layout Standard
9062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9069 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9078 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9079 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9080 inside abbreviations:
9085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9089 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9092 \begin_layout Standard
9093 or between values and units.
9094 Compare for example this:
9095 \begin_inset Newline newline
9099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9103 \begin_inset Newline newline
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9110 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9113 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9115 \begin_inset space ~
9123 arg "space-insert thin"
9129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9133 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9140 \begin_layout Standard
9141 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9144 \begin_layout Description
9146 \begin_inset space ~
9150 \begin_inset space ~
9154 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9158 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9162 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9165 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9168 \begin_layout Description
9170 \begin_inset space ~
9174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9178 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9182 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9186 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9193 em) space between the arrows.
9196 \begin_layout Description
9198 \begin_inset space ~
9202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9206 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9210 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9214 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9218 \begin_inset space ~
9222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9225 em) space between the arrows.
9228 \begin_layout Description
9230 \begin_inset space ~
9234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9238 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9242 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9246 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9250 \begin_inset space ~
9254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9257 em) space between the arrows.
9260 \begin_layout Description
9262 \begin_inset space ~
9266 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9270 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9275 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9282 cm space between the arrows.
9285 \begin_layout Standard
9287 \begin_inset space ~
9291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9293 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9297 lists the different space sizes.
9300 \begin_layout Standard
9301 \begin_inset Float table
9306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9308 \begin_inset Caption
9310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9313 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9317 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9327 \begin_inset Tabular
9328 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9329 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9331 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9548 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9554 \begin_inset Index idx
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9566 \begin_layout Standard
9567 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9568 in a uniform fashion.
9569 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9570 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9571 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9572 equally between themselves.
9576 \begin_layout Standard
9577 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9582 This is on the left side
9583 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9586 This is on the right
9592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9619 \begin_layout Standard
9620 That was an example in the
9626 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9634 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9637 is one in a standard paragraph.
9638 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9642 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9645 \begin_layout Standard
9646 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9649 \begin_inset space ~
9654 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9657 \begin_layout Standard
9659 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9663 \begin_inset space ~
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9671 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9675 \begin_inset space ~
9681 \begin_layout Standard
9683 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9687 \begin_inset space ~
9693 \begin_layout Standard
9695 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9699 \begin_inset space ~
9705 \begin_layout Standard
9707 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9711 \begin_inset space ~
9717 \begin_layout Standard
9719 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9723 \begin_inset space ~
9729 \begin_layout Standard
9730 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9738 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9742 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9743 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9744 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9748 option in the space dialog.
9756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9758 \begin_inset Index idx
9761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9771 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9777 \begin_inset space \space{}
9780 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9783 \begin_layout Standard
9784 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9787 What is correct English?:
9788 \begin_inset Newline newline
9792 \begin_inset Newline newline
9796 \begin_inset space ~
9799 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9800 \begin_inset Newline newline
9807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9818 \begin_inset Newline newline
9825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9836 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9842 \begin_layout Standard
9843 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \begin_inset space ~
9856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9860 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9878 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9882 for more information about TeX-Code.
9888 In our case write the command
9895 (note the space after
9896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9903 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9904 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9905 That is why it is named
9906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9918 There exists also the commands
9930 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9931 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9932 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9934 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9946 \begin_layout Subsection
9948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9950 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9955 \begin_inset Index idx
9958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9967 \begin_layout Standard
9968 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9971 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9973 \begin_inset space ~
9979 There you find the following sizes:
9982 \begin_layout Standard
9995 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10000 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10006 \begin_inset Index idx
10009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10010 Document ! Settings
10015 for the paragraph separation.
10016 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10027 \begin_layout Standard
10033 \begin_inset Index idx
10036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10042 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10043 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10045 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10046 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10055 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10064 s are described in section
10065 \begin_inset space ~
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10071 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10080 If there are several
10084 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10085 You can therefore use
10089 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10097 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10098 \begin_inset space ~
10102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10104 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10112 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10122 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10123 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10135 \begin_layout Subsection
10136 Paragraph Alignment
10139 \begin_layout Standard
10140 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10142 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 There are four possibilities
10147 \change_inserted 0 1239958063
10151 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10157 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10163 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10169 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10177 \begin_layout Itemize
10183 \begin_layout Itemize
10189 \begin_layout Itemize
10195 \begin_layout Itemize
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10202 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10203 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10204 the left and right margins.
10205 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10208 \begin_layout Standard
10210 This paragraph is right aligned,
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10215 this one is centered,
10218 \begin_layout Standard
10220 this one is left aligned.
10223 \begin_layout Subsection
10225 \begin_inset Index idx
10228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10229 Page breaks ! Forced
10235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10237 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10244 \begin_layout Standard
10245 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10246 can force a page break where you want one.
10247 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10248 Only if you use a lot of
10252 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10257 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10261 have to change the page breaking.
10264 \begin_layout Standard
10265 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10267 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10270 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10272 \begin_inset space ~
10278 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10281 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10283 \begin_inset space ~
10288 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10290 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10291 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10294 \begin_layout Standard
10295 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10296 at the top of a page.
10297 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10298 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10299 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10300 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10304 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10308 to learn more about
10315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10319 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10324 \begin_inset Index idx
10327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10328 Page breaks ! Clear
10336 \begin_layout Standard
10337 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10338 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10339 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10340 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10341 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10344 \begin_layout Standard
10345 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10348 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10350 \begin_inset space ~
10356 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10359 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10361 \begin_inset space ~
10365 \begin_inset space ~
10370 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10371 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10374 \begin_layout Subsection
10376 \begin_inset Index idx
10379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10388 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10395 \begin_layout Standard
10396 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10398 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10400 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10401 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10403 \begin_inset space ~
10407 \begin_inset space ~
10415 arg "newline-insert newline"
10419 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10424 \begin_inset space ~
10428 \begin_inset space ~
10433 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10435 This is necessary to avoid
10436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10443 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10446 \begin_layout Standard
10447 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10448 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10449 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10450 set a line break, e.
10451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10455 \begin_inset space \space{}
10458 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10459 \begin_inset space ~
10463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10465 reference "sec:Quote"
10470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10472 reference "sec:Verse"
10477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10479 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10486 \begin_layout Subsection
10488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10490 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10495 \begin_inset Index idx
10498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10512 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10513 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10515 \begin_inset space ~
10520 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10526 \begin_layout Section
10527 Characters and Symbols
10530 \begin_layout Standard
10531 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10532 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10537 \begin_inset space \space{}
10540 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10548 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10552 for information on how this is done.
10555 \begin_layout Standard
10556 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10561 dialog via the menu
10563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10564 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10570 \begin_layout Standard
10571 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10579 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10580 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10581 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10589 \begin_layout Section
10590 Fonts and Text Styles
10591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10593 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10600 \begin_layout Subsection
10602 \begin_inset Index idx
10605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10614 \begin_layout Standard
10615 There are two types of fonts:
10618 \begin_layout Description
10620 \begin_inset space ~
10624 \begin_inset Index idx
10627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10633 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10638 characters) in the font.
10639 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10640 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10641 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10642 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10643 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10644 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10645 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10646 \begin_inset Newline newline
10649 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10650 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10651 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10652 sizes than at small ones.
10653 \begin_inset Newline newline
10667 \begin_inset space ~
10675 \begin_layout Description
10677 \begin_inset space ~
10681 \begin_inset Index idx
10684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10690 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10691 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10692 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10693 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10694 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10695 picture manipulation program.
10696 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10697 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10698 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10699 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10700 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10702 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10703 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10704 \begin_inset Newline newline
10707 Bitmap fonts are named
10710 \begin_inset space ~
10715 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10719 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10720 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10721 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10722 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10723 use scalable fonts.
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10727 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10728 its document properties.
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10732 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10733 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10734 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10735 font to emphasize text, you use an
10736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10744 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10745 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10749 \begin_layout Subsection
10750 Document Font and Font size
10751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10753 name "sub:Document-Font"
10758 \begin_inset Index idx
10761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10768 \begin_inset Index idx
10771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10780 \begin_layout Standard
10781 You can set the document fonts in the
10783 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10787 \begin_inset Index idx
10790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10791 Document ! Settings
10797 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10798 font shapes roman (serif),
10801 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_layout Standard
10814 The possible options for the font include
10818 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10823 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10845 European Computer Modern
10848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10858 \begin_layout Standard
10867 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10868 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10873 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10876 \begin_inset space ~
10881 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10887 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10888 There are three ways to use one:
10891 \begin_layout Itemize
10892 One way is to use the
10902 Virtual means that it
10903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10914 -glyphs from other fonts.
10915 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10937 Loading the LaTeX-package
10942 \begin_inset Index idx
10945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10946 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10951 with the document preamble line
10952 \begin_inset Newline newline
10959 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10960 \begin_inset Newline newline
10965 will fix the guillemet problem.
10970 and that accented characters are not
10974 glyph, they are build of
10978 characters, the accent and the letter.
10979 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10983 fonts for words with accented characters.
10984 If you search for example for the French word
10985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10992 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11001 and not for the glyph
11002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11006 \begin_inset space ~
11010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11016 \begin_layout Itemize
11017 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11030 , consist of these three main font types
11033 \begin_inset space ~
11062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11066 \begin_inset space ~
11073 as typewriter font.
11074 \begin_inset Newline newline
11077 The differences between roman,
11080 \begin_inset space ~
11089 fonts are explained in section
11090 \begin_inset space ~
11094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11096 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11101 \begin_inset Newline newline
11108 was originally designed for newspapers.
11109 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11110 into the small newspaper columns.
11115 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11118 \begin_layout Itemize
11119 The best solution is to use the
11128 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11132 as the default font.
11133 In most cases they look the same as
11141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 One difference is improved kerning for the
11155 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11166 \begin_layout Standard
11167 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11170 For the font size there are four possible values:
11187 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11190 \begin_layout Standard
11191 The font sizes are the
11196 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11197 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11198 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11201 \begin_inset space ~
11207 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11208 \begin_inset space ~
11212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11214 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11226 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11227 a font to display the script characters.
11231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11232 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11237 So this has no effect for the document language
11253 \begin_layout Standard
11254 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11258 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11266 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11270 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11271 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11272 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11274 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11277 dialog, see section
11278 \begin_inset space ~
11282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11284 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11296 \begin_layout Subsection
11297 Using Different Character Styles
11298 \begin_inset Index idx
11301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11308 \begin_inset Index idx
11311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11320 \begin_layout Standard
11321 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11322 certain paragraph environments.
11323 LyX supports two character styles,
11332 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11336 \begin_layout Standard
11341 style, do one of the following:
11344 \begin_layout Itemize
11345 click on the toolbar button
11346 \begin_inset Graphics
11347 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11354 \begin_layout Itemize
11355 use the key binding
11364 \begin_layout Standard
11365 These commands are all toggles.
11370 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11373 \begin_layout Standard
11374 One typically uses the
11378 style for proper names.
11380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11387 is the original author of LyX.
11388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11394 \begin_layout Standard
11395 A more widely used character style is the
11400 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11407 \begin_layout Itemize
11408 clicking on the toolbar button
11409 \begin_inset Graphics
11410 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11417 \begin_layout Itemize
11418 using the keybindings
11427 \begin_layout Standard
11432 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11433 es use a different font.
11436 \begin_layout Standard
11437 We've been using the
11441 style all over the place in this document.
11442 Here's one more example:
11445 \begin_layout Quotation
11448 Don't overuse character styles!
11451 \begin_layout Standard
11452 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11453 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11454 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11455 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11459 \begin_layout Standard
11460 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11468 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11470 \begin_inset space ~
11478 \begin_layout Subsection
11479 Fine-Tuning with the
11484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11486 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11491 \begin_inset Index idx
11494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11503 \begin_layout Standard
11504 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11505 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11506 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11507 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11508 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11509 from ordinary dialog.
11512 \begin_layout Standard
11513 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11514 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11515 \begin_inset Newline newline
11518 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11519 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11522 \begin_layout Standard
11523 To use custom character styles, open the
11525 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11527 \begin_inset space ~
11533 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11534 font property which you can choose.
11535 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11538 \begin_inset space ~
11543 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11548 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11549 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11550 environments in a snap.
11553 \begin_layout Standard
11554 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11557 \begin_inset space ~
11569 \begin_layout Labeling
11570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11584 The possible options are:
11588 \begin_layout Labeling
11589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11594 This is the Roman font family.
11595 Normally a serif font.
11596 It's also the default family.
11606 \begin_layout Labeling
11607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11611 \begin_inset space ~
11618 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11630 \begin_layout Labeling
11631 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11638 This is the Typewriter font family.
11644 arg "font-typewriter"
11653 \begin_layout Labeling
11654 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11659 This corresponds to the print weight.
11664 \begin_layout Labeling
11665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11670 This is the Medium font series.
11671 It's also the default series.
11674 \begin_layout Labeling
11675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11682 This is the Bold font series.
11695 \begin_layout Labeling
11696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11701 As the name implies.
11706 \begin_layout Labeling
11707 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11712 This is the Upright font shape.
11713 It's also the default shape.
11716 \begin_layout Labeling
11717 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11731 s the Italic font shape
11737 \begin_layout Labeling
11738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11745 This is the Slanted font shape
11747 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11750 \begin_layout Labeling
11751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11755 \begin_inset space ~
11762 This is the Small caps font shape
11769 \begin_layout Labeling
11770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11775 Alters the size of the font.
11776 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11777 nal to the document font size.
11778 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11779 what you want to do.
11784 \begin_layout Labeling
11785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11806 arg "font-size tiny"
11812 \begin_layout Labeling
11813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11834 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11840 \begin_layout Labeling
11841 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11862 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11868 \begin_layout Labeling
11869 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11890 arg "font-size small"
11896 \begin_layout Labeling
11897 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11911 It's also the default size.
11915 arg "font-size normal"
11921 \begin_layout Labeling
11922 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11943 arg "font-size large"
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11971 arg "font-size larger"
11977 \begin_layout Labeling
11978 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11999 arg "font-size largest"
12005 \begin_layout Labeling
12006 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12027 arg "font-size huge"
12033 \begin_layout Labeling
12034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12055 arg "font-size giant"
12062 \begin_layout Standard
12067 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12068 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12069 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12070 - use that instead.
12071 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12074 \begin_layout Labeling
12075 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12080 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12085 \begin_layout Labeling
12086 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12093 This is text with emphasize on
12096 This might seem like the same as
12100 , but it is actually a bit different.
12106 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12108 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12111 \begin_layout Labeling
12112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12119 This is text with Underbar on.
12125 arg "font-underline"
12131 \begin_inset Newline newline
12136 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12137 when you couldn't change fonts.
12138 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12139 It's only included in LyX because some people
12143 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12146 \begin_layout Labeling
12147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12154 This is text with Noun on.
12161 , this is a logical attribute.
12162 Normally it's equivalent to
12165 \begin_inset space ~
12174 \begin_layout Labeling
12175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12180 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12181 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12185 \begin_inset space ~
12190 , which is the default
12191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12198 and means normally black, you can choose between
12231 \begin_inset Index idx
12234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12243 \begin_layout Labeling
12244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12249 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12250 the language of the document.
12251 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12255 \begin_layout Standard
12256 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12257 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12261 \begin_inset space ~
12266 dialog, the settings are saved.
12267 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12268 \begin_inset Graphics
12269 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12274 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12275 when the dialog isn't visible.
12279 \begin_layout Standard
12280 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12287 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12288 (suppose you just set the shape to
12289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12307 \begin_inset space ~
12319 \begin_layout Standard
12320 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12328 \begin_inset space ~
12340 \begin_layout Itemize
12346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12353 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12371 \begin_inset Newline newline
12378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12403 \begin_inset Note Note
12406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12407 For more on phantoms see section
12408 \begin_inset space ~
12412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12414 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12424 \begin_inset Newline newline
12430 \begin_layout Itemize
12435 fonts use characters with serifs.
12436 These are the small
12437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12444 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12445 The following example will show the difference:
12446 \begin_inset Newline newline
12450 \begin_inset Newline newline
12455 text without serifs
12458 \begin_inset Newline newline
12461 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12462 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12469 \begin_layout Itemize
12475 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12476 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12479 \begin_layout Standard
12480 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12481 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12484 \begin_layout Section
12485 Printing and Previewing
12488 \begin_layout Subsection
12492 \begin_layout Standard
12493 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12494 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12495 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12496 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12497 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12499 Additional Features
12504 \begin_layout Standard
12505 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12506 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12507 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12508 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12509 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12510 This happens in two stages:
12513 \begin_layout Enumerate
12514 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12515 generating a file with the extension,
12516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 \begin_layout Enumerate
12531 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12535 file to produce printable output.
12539 \begin_layout Subsection
12540 Output file formats
12541 \begin_inset Index idx
12544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12553 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12562 \begin_inset Index idx
12565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12566 File formats ! ASCII
12574 \begin_layout Standard
12575 This file type has the extension
12576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12588 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12592 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12599 \begin_layout Standard
12600 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12602 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12603 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12609 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12611 \begin_inset Index idx
12614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12615 File formats ! LaTeX
12623 \begin_layout Standard
12624 This file type has the extension
12625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12636 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12638 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12639 it manually with console commands.
12640 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12641 you view or export your document.
12644 \begin_layout Standard
12645 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12648 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12665 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12667 \begin_inset Index idx
12670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12679 \begin_layout Standard
12680 This file type has the extension
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12701 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12702 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12703 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12707 \begin_layout Standard
12708 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12709 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12710 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12711 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12713 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12716 \begin_layout Standard
12717 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12719 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12720 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12726 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12728 \begin_inset Index idx
12731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12732 File formats ! PostScript
12740 \begin_layout Standard
12741 This file type has the extension
12742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12754 PostScript was developed by the company
12758 as a printer language.
12759 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12761 PostScript can be seen as a
12762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12765 programming language
12766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12769 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12774 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12780 \begin_inset Index idx
12783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12784 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12794 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12797 \begin_layout Standard
12798 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12802 Encapsulated PostScript
12803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 (EPS, file extension
12807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12819 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12820 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12825 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12829 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12830 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12831 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12832 EPS to avoid this problem.
12835 \begin_layout Standard
12836 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12838 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12839 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12847 \begin_inset Index idx
12850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12857 \begin_inset Index idx
12860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12869 \begin_layout Standard
12870 This file type has the extension
12871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12887 Portable Document Format
12888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12895 was derived from PostScript.
12896 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12905 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12906 looks exactly the same.
12909 \begin_layout Standard
12910 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12914 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12918 (JPG, file extension
12919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 Portable Network Graphics
12947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12950 (PNG, file extension
12951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12963 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12964 in the background to one of these formats.
12965 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12966 will slow down your workflow.
12967 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12970 \begin_layout Standard
12971 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12973 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12976 in three different ways:
12979 \begin_layout Description
12980 PDF This uses the program
12984 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12985 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12989 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12990 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12993 \begin_layout Description
12995 \begin_inset space ~
12998 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13002 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13006 \begin_layout Description
13008 \begin_inset space ~
13011 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13015 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13018 \begin_layout Standard
13019 We recommend to use
13022 \begin_inset space ~
13031 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13032 works without problems.
13037 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13040 \begin_layout Subsection
13042 \begin_inset Index idx
13045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13054 \begin_layout Standard
13055 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13056 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13060 and choose a file type.
13061 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13064 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13067 you can use the toolbar button
13068 \begin_inset Graphics
13069 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13076 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13081 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13083 \begin_inset space ~
13089 \begin_inset Graphics
13090 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13096 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13100 \begin_inset Graphics
13101 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13108 arg "buffer-view ps"
13114 \begin_layout Standard
13115 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13116 viewer window using the menu
13118 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13124 \begin_layout Standard
13125 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13127 To have a real output, export your document.
13130 \begin_layout Subsection
13131 Printing the File from within LyX
13132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13134 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13141 \begin_layout Standard
13142 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13143 it directly from within LyX.
13144 To print a file, select the menu
13146 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13149 or click on the toolbar button
13150 \begin_inset Graphics
13151 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13156 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13157 This file is then processed by the program
13161 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13166 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13169 \begin_layout Standard
13170 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13171 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13172 printing one set to print on the other side.
13173 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13174 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13175 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13178 \begin_layout Standard
13179 You can set the parameters in the
13182 \begin_inset space ~
13190 \begin_layout Labeling
13191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13196 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13201 Note that this printer name is for the program
13210 has to be configured for this printer name.
13211 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13212 \begin_inset space ~
13216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13218 reference "sub:Printer"
13227 The printer should understand PostScript.
13230 \begin_layout Labeling
13231 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13236 The name of a file to print to.
13237 The output will be a PostScript file.
13238 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13242 \begin_layout Section
13243 A few Words about Typography
13244 \begin_inset Index idx
13247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13256 \begin_layout Subsection
13258 \begin_inset Index idx
13261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13270 \begin_layout Standard
13272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13283 character comes in four lengths: the
13295 , and the minus sign:
13296 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13302 \begin_layout Standard
13303 \begin_inset Tabular
13304 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13305 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13306 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13307 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13308 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13309 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13338 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13378 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13403 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13405 \begin_inset space ~
13408 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13415 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13442 \begin_inset space ~
13445 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13466 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13500 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13506 \begin_layout Standard
13507 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13519 character multiple times in a row.
13520 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13521 the final output, but not in LyX.
13523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13553 \begin_layout Standard
13554 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13555 math mode and has a length of its own.
13556 Here are some examples of the
13557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13571 \begin_layout Enumerate
13572 line- and page-breaks
13573 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13583 \begin_layout Enumerate
13585 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13595 \begin_layout Enumerate
13596 Oh — there's a dash.
13597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13608 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13622 \begin_layout Subsection
13624 \begin_inset Index idx
13627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13636 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13643 \begin_layout Standard
13644 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13645 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13650 \begin_inset Index idx
13653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13654 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13659 following the rules of the document language
13663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13664 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13672 \begin_inset space ~
13676 \begin_inset space ~
13683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13694 \begin_layout Standard
13695 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13700 font and with unusual constructs, like
13701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13709 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13710 This is done with the menu
13712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13713 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13715 \begin_inset space ~
13721 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13722 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13725 \begin_layout Standard
13726 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13727 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13737 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13745 as hyphenation possibility.
13746 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13747 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13748 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13754 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13755 As LyX doesn't support
13761 , you have to use TeX Code.
13762 The result looks in LyX like:
13765 \begin_layout Standard
13766 \begin_inset Graphics
13767 filename clipart/mbox.png
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13776 \begin_inset space ~
13780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13782 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13789 \begin_layout Subsection
13791 \begin_inset Index idx
13794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13803 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13804 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13807 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13814 \begin_layout Standard
13815 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13816 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13817 LaTeX then adds the
13818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13821 appropriate amount of space
13822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13826 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13828 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13833 not work in all cases.
13835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13846 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13847 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13850 \begin_layout Standard
13851 Here are some examples of
13855 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13858 \begin_layout Itemize
13863 \begin_layout Itemize
13868 \begin_layout Standard
13869 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13872 \begin_layout Itemize
13874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13878 this is too much space!
13881 \begin_layout Itemize
13886 \begin_layout Standard
13887 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13890 \begin_layout Standard
13891 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13894 \begin_layout Enumerate
13898 \begin_inset space ~
13903 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13904 \begin_inset space ~
13908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13910 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13915 \begin_inset Index idx
13918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13919 Spaces ! inter-word
13927 \begin_layout Enumerate
13931 \begin_inset space ~
13936 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13937 \begin_inset space ~
13941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13943 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13948 \begin_inset Index idx
13951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13960 \begin_layout Enumerate
13964 \begin_inset space ~
13968 \begin_inset space ~
13972 \begin_inset space ~
13979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13981 \begin_inset space ~
13986 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13987 This function is also bound to
13990 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13996 \begin_layout Standard
13997 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14000 \begin_layout Itemize
14002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14006 \begin_inset space \space{}
14009 this is too much space!
14012 \begin_layout Itemize
14013 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14017 \begin_layout Standard
14018 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14019 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14020 will take care of this.
14023 \begin_layout Standard
14024 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14028 \begin_inset space ~
14033 feature described in section
14039 Additional Features
14044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14046 \begin_inset Index idx
14049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14050 Typography ! Quotes
14056 \begin_inset Index idx
14059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14090 \begin_layout Standard
14091 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14092 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14093 and use a closing quote at the end.
14095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14103 The keyboard character,
14107 , generates this automatically.
14110 \begin_layout Standard
14111 You can change the behavior of the
14115 key using the submenu
14121 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14125 \begin_inset Index idx
14128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14129 Document ! Settings
14137 \begin_layout Standard
14138 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14143 There are six choices:
14146 \begin_layout Labeling
14147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14159 Use quotes like this
14160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14168 \begin_inset Quotes els
14172 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14178 \begin_layout Labeling
14179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14182 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14186 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14192 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14196 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14200 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14206 \begin_layout Labeling
14207 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14210 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14214 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14220 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14224 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14228 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14232 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14238 \begin_layout Labeling
14239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14242 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14246 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14252 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14256 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14260 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14264 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14270 \begin_layout Labeling
14271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14274 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14278 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14284 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14288 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14292 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14296 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14302 \begin_layout Labeling
14303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14306 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14310 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14316 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14320 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14324 \begin_inset Quotes als
14328 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14334 \begin_layout Standard
14335 These settings affect what character the
14342 \begin_layout Subsection
14344 \begin_inset Index idx
14347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14348 Typography ! Ligatures
14354 \begin_inset Index idx
14357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14388 name "sub:Ligatures"
14395 \begin_layout Standard
14396 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14397 print them as single characters.
14398 These groups are known as
14403 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14405 Here are the standard ligatures:
14408 \begin_layout Itemize
14412 \begin_layout Itemize
14416 \begin_layout Itemize
14420 \begin_layout Itemize
14424 \begin_layout Itemize
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14432 \begin_layout Standard
14433 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14434 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14442 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14458 To break a ligature, use
14460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14461 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14463 \begin_inset space ~
14470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14481 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14506 \begin_layout Subsection
14508 \begin_inset Index idx
14511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14520 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14527 \begin_layout Standard
14528 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14529 characters in different sizes and heights.
14530 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14531 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14551 \begin_inset Note Note
14554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14555 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14563 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14564 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14569 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14573 \begin_layout Description
14574 LyX The name of the game, write
14575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 \begin_layout Description
14597 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14619 \begin_layout Description
14620 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14642 \begin_layout Description
14643 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14665 \begin_layout Standard
14666 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14671 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14679 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14680 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14681 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14684 : The actual version is
14685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 , the previous one was
14693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14703 \begin_layout Standard
14704 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14709 \begin_inset space \space{}
14712 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14714 This will look in LyX like:
14715 \begin_inset Graphics
14716 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14722 \begin_inset Newline newline
14725 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14726 \begin_inset space ~
14730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14732 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14739 \begin_layout Subsection
14741 \begin_inset Index idx
14744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14753 \begin_layout Standard
14754 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14755 space between two words.
14756 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14766 for units use the menu
14768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14769 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14771 \begin_inset space ~
14779 arg "space-insert thin"
14785 \begin_layout Standard
14786 Here's an example to show the differences:
14789 \begin_layout Standard
14790 \begin_inset Tabular
14791 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14792 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14793 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14794 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14801 \begin_inset space ~
14805 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14817 space between number and unit
14824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14833 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14845 half space between number and unit
14858 \begin_layout Subsection
14860 \begin_inset Index idx
14863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14864 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14872 \begin_layout Standard
14873 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14875 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14876 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14877 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14878 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14879 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14880 These bits of text became known as
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14892 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14893 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14894 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14895 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14896 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14897 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14898 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14902 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14903 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14904 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14905 \begin_inset space ~
14909 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14911 key "latexcompanion"
14916 \begin_inset space ~
14920 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14926 ] may have more information.
14927 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14930 \begin_layout Chapter
14931 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14934 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14942 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14947 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14950 \begin_layout Section
14952 \begin_inset Index idx
14955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14975 \begin_layout Description
14977 \begin_inset space ~
14980 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14981 \begin_inset Newline newline
14985 \begin_inset Note Note
14988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14989 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14997 \begin_layout Description
14998 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14999 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15001 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15002 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15003 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15006 \begin_inset Newline newline
15010 \begin_inset Note Comment
15013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15014 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15022 \begin_layout Description
15024 \begin_inset space ~
15027 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15028 \begin_inset Newline newline
15032 \begin_inset Newline newline
15036 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15045 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15046 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15047 How this can be done is explained in the
15056 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15062 \begin_inset Newline newline
15066 \begin_inset Newline newline
15069 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15070 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15073 \begin_layout Standard
15074 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15075 \begin_inset Graphics
15076 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15078 scaleBeforeRotation
15084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15088 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15091 \begin_layout Section
15093 \begin_inset Index idx
15096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15105 name "sec:Footnotes"
15112 \begin_layout Standard
15113 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15119 or the toolbar button
15120 \begin_inset Graphics
15121 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15134 \begin_inset Graphics
15135 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15144 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15173 label, the box will
15177 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15178 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15191 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15207 \begin_layout Standard
15208 Here's an example footnote:
15216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15217 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15225 \begin_layout Standard
15226 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15227 position where the footnote box is placed.
15228 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15229 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15230 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15231 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15232 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15237 ey are described in the
15244 \begin_layout Section
15246 \begin_inset Index idx
15249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15258 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15265 \begin_layout Standard
15266 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15267 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15271 \begin_inset space ~
15276 or the toolbar button
15277 \begin_inset Graphics
15278 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15305 appearing within your text.
15306 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15315 \begin_layout Standard
15316 At the side is an example marginal note.
15320 \begin_inset Marginal
15323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15324 This is a marginal note.
15332 \begin_layout Standard
15333 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15334 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15335 pages, right on odd pages.
15338 \begin_layout Section
15339 Graphics and Images
15340 \begin_inset Index idx
15343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15350 \begin_inset Index idx
15353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15362 name "sec:Graphics"
15369 \begin_layout Standard
15370 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15371 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15372 \begin_inset Graphics
15373 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15383 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15386 \begin_layout Standard
15387 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15392 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15393 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15395 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15396 \begin_inset space ~
15400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15402 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15409 \begin_layout Standard
15414 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15415 of the image in the output.
15416 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15420 \begin_inset space ~
15424 \begin_inset space ~
15433 \begin_inset space ~
15437 \begin_inset space ~
15441 \begin_inset space ~
15446 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15447 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15455 \begin_layout Standard
15458 LaTeX and LyX options
15460 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15461 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15465 \begin_inset space ~
15470 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15471 with the image size is printed.
15475 \begin_inset space ~
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15483 \begin_inset space ~
15488 is explained in the
15499 \begin_layout Standard
15500 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15501 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15503 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15509 \begin_inset Graphics
15510 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15512 rotateOrigin center
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15520 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15521 the image into a float, see section
15522 \begin_inset space ~
15526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15528 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15535 \begin_layout Subsection
15537 \begin_inset Index idx
15540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15549 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15556 \begin_layout Standard
15557 You can insert images in any known file format.
15558 But as we explained in section
15559 \begin_inset space ~
15563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15565 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15569 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15570 LyX uses therefore the program
15574 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15575 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15576 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15577 \begin_inset space ~
15581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15583 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15590 \begin_layout Standard
15591 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15594 \begin_layout Description
15596 \begin_inset space ~
15599 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15600 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15601 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15605 Graphics Interchange Format
15606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15609 (GIF, file extension
15610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15622 \begin_inset Index idx
15625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15657 Portable Network Graphics
15658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15661 (PNG, file extension
15662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15674 \begin_inset Index idx
15677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15709 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15713 (JPG, file extension
15714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15738 \begin_inset Index idx
15741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 \begin_layout Description
15774 \begin_inset space ~
15777 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15779 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15780 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15781 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15782 \begin_inset Newline newline
15785 Scalable image formats can be
15786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15789 Scalable Vector Graphics
15790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15793 (SVG, file extension
15794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15806 \begin_inset Index idx
15809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15841 Encapsulated PostScript
15842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15845 (EPS, file extension
15846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15858 \begin_inset Index idx
15861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15893 Portable Document Format
15894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15897 (PDF, file extension
15898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 \begin_inset Index idx
15913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15921 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15922 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15928 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15936 \begin_layout Standard
15937 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15941 \begin_layout Subsection
15942 Grouping of Image Settings
15943 \begin_inset Index idx
15946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15947 Images ! Settings grouping
15955 \begin_layout Standard
15956 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15958 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15959 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15961 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15962 need to manually change each of them.
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15967 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15970 \begin_inset space ~
15975 field in the Graphics dialog.
15976 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15977 by checking the name of the desired group.
15980 \begin_layout Section
15982 \begin_inset Index idx
15985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16002 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16003 \begin_inset Graphics
16004 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16015 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16016 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16017 from the rest of the table.
16018 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16019 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16021 Here's an example table:
16024 \begin_layout Standard
16026 \begin_inset Tabular
16027 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16028 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16232 \begin_layout Subsection
16236 \begin_layout Standard
16237 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16238 brings up the table dialog.
16239 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16240 where the cursor is placed currently.
16241 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16242 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16243 done on all of your selection.
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16247 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16250 \begin_inset space ~
16255 helps you in setting table properties.
16256 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16259 \begin_layout Standard
16263 \begin_inset space ~
16268 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16269 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16270 current cell respectively.
16271 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16273 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16274 of text, see section
16275 \begin_inset space ~
16279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16281 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16288 \begin_layout Standard
16289 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16295 This will merge the cells to
16299 cell, spread over more than one column.
16300 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16301 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16302 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16303 in the last row without the upper border:
16306 \begin_layout Standard
16308 \begin_inset Tabular
16309 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16310 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16312 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16325 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16334 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16445 \begin_layout Standard
16446 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16447 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16448 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16449 explained in the tables section of the
16452 \begin_inset space ~
16458 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16462 degrees counterclockwise.
16463 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16466 \begin_layout Standard
16467 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16475 Most DVI-viewers are
16479 able to display rotations.
16487 \begin_layout Standard
16492 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16497 adds lines for all cell borders.
16500 \begin_layout Subsection
16502 \begin_inset Index idx
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16506 Tables ! Longtables
16512 \begin_inset Index idx
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16525 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16528 \begin_inset space ~
16532 \begin_inset space ~
16541 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16542 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16545 \begin_layout Description
16550 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16551 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16552 except for the first page, if
16555 \begin_inset space ~
16563 \begin_layout Description
16567 \begin_inset space ~
16572 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16573 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16576 \begin_layout Description
16581 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16582 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16583 except for the last page, if
16586 \begin_inset space ~
16594 \begin_layout Description
16598 \begin_inset space ~
16603 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16604 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16607 \begin_layout Description
16608 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16609 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16615 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16618 \begin_inset space ~
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16627 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16628 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16629 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16630 The others will then be defined as
16635 In this context, first means first in this order:
16638 \begin_inset space ~
16650 \begin_inset space ~
16656 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16659 \begin_layout Standard
16661 \begin_inset Tabular
16662 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16663 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16664 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16665 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16666 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16667 <row endfirsthead="true">
16668 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16674 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16679 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16698 <row endfirsthead="true">
16699 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <row endhead="true">
16732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16743 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 <row endhead="true">
16763 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16795 <row endfoot="true">
16796 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16847 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18406 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18437 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18561 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <row endlastfoot="true">
18778 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18798 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 \begin_layout Subsection
18817 \begin_inset Index idx
18820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18829 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18836 \begin_layout Standard
18837 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18838 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18839 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18840 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18844 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18845 for the cell's paragraph.
18848 \begin_layout Standard
18849 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18850 for the column in the table dialog.
18851 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18852 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18856 \begin_layout Standard
18858 \begin_inset Tabular
18859 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18860 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18862 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18952 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19008 This is longer now.
19013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19065 This is longer now.
19070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19096 \begin_layout Standard
19097 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19098 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19104 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19110 Selection with the mouse or with
19114 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19115 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19116 the selection from outside the table.
19119 \begin_layout Section
19121 \begin_inset Index idx
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19140 \begin_layout Standard
19141 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19142 have a fixed location.
19144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19151 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19159 \begin_inset space ~
19164 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19165 too many notes on the page.
19168 \begin_layout Standard
19169 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19170 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19171 and pages without text.
19172 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19173 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19174 Floats are therefore numbered.
19175 Referencing is described in section
19176 \begin_inset space ~
19180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19182 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19189 \begin_layout Standard
19190 To insert a float, use the menu
19192 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19196 A box with a caption that has e.
19197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19201 \begin_inset space \space{}
19205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19209 \begin_inset space ~
19213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19216 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19217 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19219 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19220 \begin_inset Index idx
19223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19230 paragraph within the float.
19231 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19232 by left-clicking on the box label.
19233 A closed float box looks like this:
19234 \begin_inset Graphics
19235 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19240 – a gray button with a red label.
19243 \begin_layout Standard
19244 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19245 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19248 \begin_layout Subsection
19252 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19254 \begin_inset Index idx
19257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 Floats ! Figure floats
19264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19266 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19273 \begin_layout Standard
19276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19277 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19280 inserts a float with the label
19281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19287 \begin_inset space ~
19293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19297 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19298 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19299 This is what we did for Figure
19300 \begin_inset space ~
19304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19306 reference "cap:Platypus"
19311 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19312 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19313 This was done in Figure
19314 \begin_inset space ~
19318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19320 reference "cap:Escher"
19327 \begin_layout Standard
19328 \begin_inset Float figure
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 \begin_inset Graphics
19336 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19338 rotateOrigin center
19345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 \begin_inset Caption
19348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19351 name "cap:Platypus"
19355 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19368 \begin_layout Standard
19369 \begin_inset Float figure
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19375 \begin_inset Caption
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19395 \begin_inset Graphics
19396 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19398 rotateOrigin center
19410 \begin_layout Standard
19411 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19413 As described in section
19414 \begin_inset space ~
19418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19420 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19424 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19429 and refer to it using the menu
19431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19435 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19444 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19456 \begin_layout Standard
19457 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19458 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19459 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19460 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19462 \begin_inset space ~
19466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19468 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19472 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19473 You can also set the images one below the other.
19475 \begin_inset space ~
19479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19481 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19488 reference "fig:Platypus"
19492 are the subfigures.
19495 \begin_layout Standard
19496 \begin_inset Float figure
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19502 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19506 \begin_inset Float figure
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 \begin_inset Caption
19514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19517 name "fig:Undefinable"
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19530 \begin_inset Graphics
19531 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19542 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19546 \begin_inset Float figure
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 \begin_inset Caption
19554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19557 name "fig:Platypus"
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 \begin_inset Graphics
19571 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19583 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19590 \begin_inset Caption
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19595 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19599 Two distorted images.
19612 \begin_layout Standard
19613 Note that the caption is added to the
19616 \begin_inset space ~
19620 \begin_inset space ~
19625 as described in section
19626 \begin_inset space ~
19630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19632 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19639 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19641 \begin_inset Index idx
19644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19645 Floats ! Table floats
19653 \begin_layout Standard
19654 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19657 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19661 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19664 \begin_inset space ~
19668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19670 reference "cap:Table-float"
19674 is an example of a table float.
19677 \begin_layout Standard
19678 \begin_inset Float table
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19684 \begin_inset Caption
19686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19689 name "cap:Table-float"
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 \begin_inset Tabular
19704 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19705 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19858 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19879 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19902 \begin_inset Index idx
19905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19914 \begin_layout Standard
19915 This float type is inserted with the menu
19917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19918 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19922 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19923 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19927 , described in section
19928 \begin_inset space ~
19932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19934 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19941 \begin_layout Standard
19942 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19956 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19959 \begin_layout Standard
19964 floatname{algorithm}{your
19965 \begin_inset space ~
19971 \begin_layout Standard
19972 to the document preamble (menu
19974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19981 \begin_inset space ~
19987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20003 \begin_inset Index idx
20006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20007 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20015 \begin_layout Standard
20016 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20024 \begin_inset Graphics
20025 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20027 rotateOrigin center
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20035 \begin_inset Caption
20037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20040 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20044 This is a wrapped figure.
20045 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20058 This float type is used if you want to
20059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20066 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20068 It can be inserted using the menu
20070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20071 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20073 \begin_inset space ~
20078 if the LaTeX-package
20083 \begin_inset Index idx
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20087 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20097 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20100 \begin_inset space ~
20110 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20113 \begin_inset space ~
20117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20119 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20123 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20132 Available units are explained in Appendix
20133 \begin_inset space ~
20137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20139 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20148 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20152 \begin_layout Standard
20153 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20161 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20166 \begin_inset space \space{}
20169 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20170 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20179 \begin_layout Itemize
20180 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20181 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20182 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20183 page breaks will appear.
20186 \begin_layout Itemize
20187 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20188 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20191 \begin_layout Itemize
20192 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20193 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20196 \begin_layout Itemize
20197 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20200 \begin_layout Subsection
20202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20204 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20209 \begin_inset Index idx
20212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20221 \begin_layout Standard
20222 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20223 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20227 \begin_inset space ~
20235 \begin_layout Standard
20236 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20237 have a multi-column document).
20238 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20241 \begin_inset space ~
20247 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20248 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20255 \begin_layout Standard
20256 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20257 format is also the same: Table
20258 \begin_inset space ~
20262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20264 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20268 is an example of a rotated table float.
20271 \begin_layout Standard
20272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20288 \begin_layout Standard
20289 \begin_inset Float table
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20295 \begin_inset Caption
20297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20300 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20314 \begin_inset Tabular
20315 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20316 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20381 \begin_layout Subsection
20383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20385 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20390 \begin_inset Index idx
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 \begin_layout Standard
20403 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20404 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20405 \begin_inset Newline newline
20411 \begin_inset space ~
20416 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20417 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20418 \begin_inset Newline newline
20424 \begin_inset space ~
20429 is used to rotate floats, see section
20430 \begin_inset space ~
20434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20436 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20443 \begin_layout Standard
20444 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20445 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20448 \begin_inset space ~
20452 \begin_inset space ~
20460 \begin_layout Description
20462 \begin_inset space ~
20466 \begin_inset space ~
20469 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20472 \begin_layout Description
20474 \begin_inset space ~
20478 \begin_inset space ~
20481 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20484 \begin_layout Description
20486 \begin_inset space ~
20490 \begin_inset space ~
20493 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20496 \begin_layout Description
20498 \begin_inset space ~
20502 \begin_inset space ~
20505 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20508 \begin_layout Standard
20509 The order of the above option is
20514 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20518 \begin_inset space ~
20522 \begin_inset space ~
20530 \begin_inset space ~
20534 \begin_inset space ~
20539 , and then the others.
20540 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20542 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20543 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20547 By default, each option has its own rules:
20550 \begin_layout Standard
20554 \begin_inset space ~
20558 \begin_inset space ~
20563 only floats occupying less than 70
20564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20567 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20574 \begin_inset space ~
20578 \begin_inset space ~
20583 : only floats occupying less than 30
20584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20587 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20590 \begin_layout Standard
20594 \begin_inset space ~
20598 \begin_inset space ~
20603 : only if more than 50
20604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20607 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20611 \begin_layout Standard
20612 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20616 \begin_inset space ~
20620 \begin_inset space ~
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20630 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20631 For this case you can use the option
20634 \begin_inset space ~
20640 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20642 Because the float is then no longer able to
20643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20650 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20653 \begin_layout Standard
20654 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20655 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20658 \begin_layout Standard
20659 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20661 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20663 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20670 \begin_layout Section
20672 \begin_inset Index idx
20675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20682 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20684 name "sec:Minipages"
20691 \begin_layout Standard
20692 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20694 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20695 \begin_inset space ~
20702 \begin_layout Standard
20703 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20705 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20709 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20710 and its alignment within the page.
20713 \begin_layout Standard
20715 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20724 height_special "totalheight"
20727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20730 This is a minipage.
20731 The text is set in an italic style.
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20737 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20738 another formatting.
20746 \begin_layout Standard
20747 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20750 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20754 as described in section
20755 \begin_inset space ~
20759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20761 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20766 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20773 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20782 height_special "totalheight"
20785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20786 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20787 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20797 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20806 height_special "totalheight"
20809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20810 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20811 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20820 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20826 \begin_layout Standard
20827 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20828 to other box types.
20829 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20840 \begin_layout Chapter
20841 Mathematical Formulas
20842 \begin_inset Index idx
20845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20852 \begin_inset Index idx
20855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20886 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20893 \begin_layout Standard
20894 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20899 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20902 \begin_layout Section
20904 \begin_inset Index idx
20907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20916 \begin_layout Standard
20917 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20918 \begin_inset Graphics
20919 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20924 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20926 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20927 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20928 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20936 \begin_layout Standard
20937 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20941 \begin_inset space ~
20946 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20949 \begin_layout Standard
20950 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20951 line, like this one:
20954 \begin_layout Standard
20955 This is a line with an inline formula
20956 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20963 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20964 paragraph, like this one:
20965 \begin_inset Formula \[
20970 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20973 \begin_layout Standard
20974 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20980 \begin_inset space \space{}
20984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20997 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20998 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21002 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21005 \begin_inset space ~
21013 \begin_layout Subsection
21014 Navigating in Formulas
21015 \begin_inset Index idx
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21027 \begin_layout Standard
21028 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21029 achieved with the arrow keys.
21030 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21031 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21036 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21037 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21041 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21045 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21047 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21055 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21060 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21061 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21064 \begin_layout Standard
21069 , printed in this document as
21070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21091 \begin_inset Note Note
21094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21095 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21096 space character (visible space).
21101 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21102 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21103 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21108 For example, if you want
21109 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21163 , since in the latter case only the
21166 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21171 will be under the square root sign:
21172 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21179 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21181 \begin_inset Formula \[
21182 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21185 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21189 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21190 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21193 \begin_layout Subsection
21197 \begin_layout Standard
21198 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21199 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21203 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21204 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21205 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21206 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21207 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21210 \begin_layout Subsection
21211 Exponents and Subscripts
21212 \begin_inset Index idx
21215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21222 \begin_inset Index idx
21225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21234 \begin_layout Standard
21235 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21236 way is to use a command.
21238 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21241 , type in a formula
21247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21263 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21269 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21273 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21294 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21303 , you have to use an extra
21307 to separate the hat and the character.
21309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21313 \begin_inset space \space{}
21317 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21338 Subscripts are similar: To get
21339 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21362 \begin_layout Subsection
21364 \begin_inset Index idx
21367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21376 \begin_layout Standard
21377 Create a fraction with either the command
21384 \begin_inset Graphics
21385 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21393 \begin_inset space ~
21399 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21400 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21401 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21406 To move back up, press
21411 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21412 \begin_inset Formula \[
21413 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21415 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21422 \begin_layout Subsection
21424 \begin_inset Index idx
21427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21436 \begin_layout Standard
21437 Roots can be created using the
21440 \begin_inset space ~
21446 \begin_inset Graphics
21447 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21470 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21476 produces always a square root.
21479 \begin_layout Subsection
21480 Operators with Limits
21481 \begin_inset Index idx
21484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21491 \begin_inset Index idx
21494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21503 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21510 \begin_layout Standard
21512 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21516 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21519 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21520 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21521 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21522 The sum operator will automatically place its
21523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21530 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21533 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21537 \begin_inset Formula \[
21538 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21542 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21546 \begin_layout Standard
21547 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21549 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21550 behind the operator and hitting
21558 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21559 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21561 \begin_inset space ~
21565 \begin_inset space ~
21573 \begin_layout Standard
21574 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21582 feature as addition, such as
21583 \begin_inset Index idx
21586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21593 \begin_inset Formula \[
21594 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21598 which will place the
21599 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21611 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21612 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21619 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21626 Have a look at section
21627 \begin_inset space ~
21631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21633 reference "sub:Functions"
21637 for an explanation of function macros.
21640 \begin_layout Subsection
21642 \begin_inset Index idx
21645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21654 \begin_layout Standard
21655 Most math symbols can be found in the
21658 \begin_inset space ~
21663 under one of several categories; including
21680 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21684 \begin_layout Standard
21685 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21686 you don't have to use the
21689 \begin_inset space ~
21694 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21695 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21698 \begin_layout Subsection
21700 \begin_inset Index idx
21703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21712 \begin_layout Standard
21713 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21718 arg "space-insert protected"
21724 \begin_inset space ~
21730 \begin_inset Graphics
21731 filename ../images/math/space.png
21736 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21737 For example, the sequence
21742 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21746 \begin_inset Graphics
21747 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21752 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21753 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21754 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21755 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21757 Here are two examples:
21760 \begin_layout Standard
21770 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21776 \begin_layout Standard
21786 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21792 \begin_layout Subsection
21794 \begin_inset Index idx
21797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21806 name "sub:Functions"
21813 \begin_layout Standard
21817 \begin_inset space ~
21822 contains under the button
21823 \begin_inset Graphics
21824 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21828 a number of function macros, such as
21829 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21833 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21841 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21848 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21849 avoid confusions, because
21850 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21854 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21860 \begin_layout Standard
21861 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21863 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21867 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21873 \begin_layout Standard
21874 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21875 s are placed, as described in section
21876 \begin_inset space ~
21880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21882 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21889 \begin_layout Subsection
21891 \begin_inset Index idx
21894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21903 \begin_layout Standard
21904 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21906 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21907 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21912 \begin_inset space \space{}
21916 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21919 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21920 Our example is entered by typing
21928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21941 \begin_inset space ~
21945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21947 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21951 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21954 \begin_layout Standard
21955 \begin_inset Float table
21960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21961 \begin_inset Caption
21963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21966 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21970 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21980 \begin_inset Tabular
21981 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21982 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22069 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22123 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22177 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22231 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22285 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22339 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22393 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22447 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22501 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22546 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22567 \begin_layout Standard
22568 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22571 \begin_inset space ~
22577 \begin_inset Graphics
22578 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22582 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22586 \begin_layout Section
22587 Brackets and Delimiters
22588 \begin_inset Index idx
22591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22598 \begin_inset Index idx
22601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22610 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22617 \begin_layout Standard
22618 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22619 For most purposes, using just the keys
22624 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22625 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22626 toolbar delimiter icon
22627 \begin_inset Graphics
22628 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22633 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22635 \begin_inset Formula \[
22636 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22638 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22642 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22643 \begin_inset Formula \[
22644 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22651 \begin_layout Standard
22652 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22653 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22657 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22658 left side and right side.
22659 If you use the option
22662 \begin_inset space ~
22667 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22668 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22669 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22670 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22673 \begin_layout Standard
22674 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22675 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22676 inside the brackets.
22677 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22682 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22685 \begin_layout Section
22686 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22687 \begin_inset Index idx
22690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22697 \begin_inset Index idx
22700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22707 \begin_inset Index idx
22710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22711 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22720 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22723 \begin_inset space ~
22729 \begin_inset Graphics
22730 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22735 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22736 Here is an example:
22737 \begin_inset Formula \[
22738 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22741 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22745 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22746 \begin_inset space ~
22750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22752 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22757 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22758 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22759 This alignment is set in the box
22764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22812 for every column as default.
22813 For example, the sequence
22814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22825 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22826 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22827 corresponds to the relevant column.
22828 The result will look like this:
22829 \begin_inset Formula \[
22831 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22832 column & has & has\, right\\
22833 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22840 \begin_layout Standard
22841 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22844 arg "newline-insert newline"
22847 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22848 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22850 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22853 or the math toolbar.
22856 \begin_layout Standard
22857 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22858 It can be created with the menu
22860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22861 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22863 \begin_inset space ~
22875 Here is an example:
22876 \begin_inset Formula \[
22880 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22887 \begin_layout Standard
22888 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22891 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22894 arg "newline-insert newline"
22898 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22903 arg "newline-insert newline"
22906 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22914 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22915 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22916 A new row is created by every further hit of
22919 arg "newline-insert newline"
22923 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22924 Here is an example:
22925 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22926 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22927 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22931 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22932 where you want to start the shift and hit
22937 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22938 position to the next column.
22939 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22940 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22941 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22942 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22949 \begin_layout Standard
22950 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22957 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22958 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22961 reference "eq:asquared"
22966 The other types are described in section
22967 \begin_inset space ~
22971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22973 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22980 \begin_layout Section
22981 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22982 \begin_inset Index idx
22985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22986 Math ! Formula numbering
22992 \begin_inset Index idx
22995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22996 Math ! Referencing formulas
23002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23004 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23011 \begin_layout Standard
23012 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23014 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23015 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23017 \begin_inset space ~
23025 arg "math-number-toggle"
23029 The formula number appears in LyX as
23030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23037 within parentheses.
23039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23046 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23048 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23049 the document class.
23050 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23051 separated by a dot:
23052 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23053 1+1=2\end{equation}
23060 arg "math-number-toggle"
23063 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23064 You can only number displayed formulas.
23067 \begin_layout Standard
23068 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23070 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23071 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23073 \begin_inset space ~
23077 \begin_inset space ~
23081 \begin_inset space ~
23089 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23092 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23093 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23095 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23096 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23100 To number all lines use the shortcut
23103 arg "math-number-toggle"
23109 \begin_layout Standard
23110 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23113 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23114 A label is inserted with the menu
23116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23119 when the cursor is in the formula.
23120 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23121 It is recommended to use the proposed
23122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23133 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23134 type when you have many labels in your document.
23135 We inserted in the following example the label
23136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23143 in the second line:
23144 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23145 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23146 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23150 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23151 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23161 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23165 \begin_inset space ~
23171 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23172 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23173 as the formula number:
23176 \begin_layout Standard
23177 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23180 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23187 \begin_layout Standard
23188 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23189 \begin_inset space ~
23193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23195 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23200 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23206 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23211 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23219 \begin_layout Section
23220 User defined math macros
23221 \begin_inset Index idx
23224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23233 \begin_layout Standard
23234 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23235 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23236 Math macros are explained in section
23239 \begin_inset space ~
23251 \begin_layout Section
23255 \begin_layout Subsection
23257 \begin_inset Index idx
23260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 \begin_layout Standard
23270 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23271 To set a font in a formula, use the
23274 \begin_inset space ~
23280 \begin_inset Graphics
23281 filename ../images/math/font.png
23285 , or enter its command, listed in table
23286 \begin_inset space ~
23290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23292 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23299 \begin_layout Standard
23300 \begin_inset Float table
23305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23306 \begin_inset Caption
23308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23311 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23315 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23325 \begin_inset Tabular
23326 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23327 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23536 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 \begin_layout Standard
23598 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23606 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23622 \begin_layout Standard
23623 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23624 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23629 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23630 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23631 Here an example where
23632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23643 denotes the set of numbers:
23644 \begin_inset Formula \[
23645 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23652 \begin_layout Standard
23653 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23659 \begin_inset space \space{}
23671 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23675 \begin_inset Newline newline
23678 So it is better not to use this feature.
23681 \begin_layout Standard
23682 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23683 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23687 \begin_inset Newline newline
23690 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23696 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23697 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23703 \begin_layout Standard
23710 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23714 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23716 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23717 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23719 \begin_inset space ~
23727 \begin_layout Subsection
23729 \begin_inset Index idx
23732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23741 \begin_layout Standard
23742 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23744 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23748 \begin_inset space ~
23752 \begin_inset space ~
23760 \begin_inset space ~
23766 \begin_inset Graphics
23767 filename ../images/math/font.png
23778 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23779 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23780 Here is an example:
23781 \begin_inset Formula \[
23783 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23784 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23791 \begin_layout Subsection
23793 \begin_inset Index idx
23796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23805 \begin_layout Standard
23806 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23807 automatically chosen in most situations.
23825 For most characters,
23833 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23834 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23839 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23840 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23842 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23843 \begin_inset Graphics
23844 filename ../images/math/style.png
23849 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23850 For example, you can set
23851 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23854 , which is normally in
23863 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23867 The four styles are used in the following example:
23870 \begin_layout Standard
23871 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23875 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23879 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23883 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23889 \begin_layout Standard
23890 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23891 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23893 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23895 \begin_inset space ~
23900 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23901 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23902 will be adjusted to correspond.
23903 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23914 \begin_layout Standard
23918 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23924 \begin_layout Section
23928 \begin_layout Standard
23929 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23930 the document classes and into layout modules.
23931 \begin_inset Index idx
23934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23940 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23941 other than the AMS classes.
23943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23945 reference "sub:Modules"
23949 for more on layout modules.
23952 \begin_layout Section
23954 \begin_inset Index idx
23957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23964 \begin_inset Index idx
23967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23976 \begin_layout Standard
23977 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23978 (AMS) that are in common use.
23981 \begin_layout Subsection
23982 Enabling AMS-Support
23985 \begin_layout Standard
23986 Selecting the checkbox
23989 \begin_inset space ~
23993 \begin_inset space ~
23997 \begin_inset space ~
24004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24008 \begin_inset Index idx
24011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24012 Document ! Settings
24020 \begin_inset space ~
24025 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24027 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24028 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24031 \begin_layout Subsection
24033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24035 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24040 \begin_inset Index idx
24043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24044 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24052 \begin_layout Standard
24053 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24054 LyX allows you to choose between
24075 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24078 \begin_layout Chapter
24082 \begin_layout Section
24084 \begin_inset Index idx
24087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24096 name "sec:Cross-References"
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24104 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24105 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24107 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24108 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24109 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24112 \begin_layout Enumerate
24116 \begin_layout Enumerate
24117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24119 name "enu:Second-item"
24126 \begin_layout Enumerate
24130 \begin_layout Standard
24131 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24136 or by pressing the toolbar button
24137 \begin_inset Graphics
24138 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24144 A grey label box like this:
24145 \begin_inset Graphics
24146 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24151 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24152 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24187 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24192 \begin_inset space \space{}
24195 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24210 \begin_layout Standard
24211 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24216 or the toolbar button
24217 \begin_inset Graphics
24218 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24224 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24225 \begin_inset Graphics
24226 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24231 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24233 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24246 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24250 \begin_layout Standard
24253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24256 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24261 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24262 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24270 \begin_layout Standard
24271 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24272 \begin_inset space ~
24276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24278 reference "enu:Second-item"
24285 \begin_layout Standard
24286 It is recommended to use a protected space
24290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24291 described in section
24292 \begin_inset space ~
24296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24298 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24307 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24311 \begin_layout Standard
24312 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24315 \begin_layout Description
24316 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24319 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24326 \begin_layout Description
24327 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24328 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24340 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24347 \begin_layout Description
24348 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24349 \begin_inset space ~
24353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24354 LatexCommand pageref
24355 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24362 \begin_layout Description
24364 \begin_inset space ~
24368 \begin_inset space ~
24371 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24373 LatexCommand vpageref
24374 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24381 \begin_layout Description
24383 \begin_inset space ~
24387 \begin_inset space ~
24391 \begin_inset space ~
24394 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24398 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24405 \begin_layout Description
24407 \begin_inset space ~
24410 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24411 \begin_inset Newline newline
24415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24423 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24428 \begin_inset Index idx
24431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24432 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24445 \begin_layout Standard
24446 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24447 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24453 \begin_inset space \space{}
24457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24471 \begin_layout Standard
24472 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24473 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24474 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24478 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24482 \begin_layout Standard
24483 You can only use the style
24487 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24491 is always possible.
24494 \begin_layout Standard
24495 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24496 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24497 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24498 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24499 \begin_inset space ~
24503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24505 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24512 \begin_layout Standard
24516 \begin_inset space ~
24520 \begin_inset space ~
24525 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24527 The button text changes then to
24530 \begin_inset space ~
24535 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24536 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24537 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24541 \begin_layout Standard
24542 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24543 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24544 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24548 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24549 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24553 References are described in detail in the
24560 \begin_layout Section
24561 Table of Contents and other Listings
24562 \begin_inset Index idx
24565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24572 \begin_inset Index idx
24575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24591 \begin_layout Subsection
24593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24595 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24602 \begin_layout Standard
24603 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24606 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24608 \begin_inset space ~
24612 \begin_inset space ~
24618 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24619 If you click on it, the
24623 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24624 sections in your documents.
24625 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24627 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24630 that is described in sec.
24631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24637 reference "sec:Navigating"
24644 \begin_layout Standard
24645 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24646 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24648 \begin_inset space ~
24652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24654 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24658 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24660 \begin_inset space ~
24664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24666 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24670 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24672 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24675 \begin_layout Subsection
24676 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24679 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24686 \begin_layout Standard
24687 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24688 You can insert them via the
24690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24692 \begin_inset space ~
24696 \begin_inset space ~
24702 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24705 \begin_layout Section
24706 URLs and Hyperlinks
24707 \begin_inset Index idx
24710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24717 \begin_inset Index idx
24720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24729 \begin_layout Subsection
24731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24741 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24749 \begin_layout Standard
24750 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24751 \begin_inset Flex URL
24754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24764 \begin_layout Standard
24765 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24771 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24784 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24792 \begin_layout Subsection
24794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24796 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24809 or with the toolbar button
24810 \begin_inset Graphics
24811 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24817 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24826 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24827 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24828 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24830 name "LyX's homepage"
24831 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24835 , an Email address like this:
24836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24838 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24839 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24844 , or a link to a file.
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24848 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24861 to the link target.
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24865 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24866 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24867 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24868 the text style dialog.
24869 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24875 name "LyX's homepage"
24876 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24883 \begin_layout Standard
24884 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24888 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24891 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24895 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24897 \begin_inset Newline newline
24905 \begin_inset Newline newline
24912 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24915 \begin_layout Section
24917 \begin_inset Index idx
24920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24929 name "sec:Appendices"
24936 \begin_layout Standard
24937 Appendices are created with the menu
24939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24941 \begin_inset space ~
24945 \begin_inset space ~
24951 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24952 as the appendix region.
24953 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24956 \begin_layout Standard
24957 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24958 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24959 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24960 and the subsection number.
24961 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24967 \begin_inset space ~
24971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24973 reference "cha:Credits"
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24984 reference "sub:Export"
24991 \begin_layout Section
24993 \begin_inset Index idx
24996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25005 name "sec:Bibliography"
25012 \begin_layout Standard
25013 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25014 You can include a bibliography database,
25018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25019 Known under the name
25020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25032 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25033 manually, using the paragraph environment
25037 , which was described in section
25038 \begin_inset space ~
25042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25044 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25049 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25050 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25054 use a bibliography database.
25057 \begin_layout Subsection
25058 The Bibliography Environment
25061 \begin_layout Standard
25066 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25068 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25077 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25079 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25088 , a short form of its title, as key.
25091 \begin_layout Standard
25092 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25097 or the toolbar button
25098 \begin_inset Graphics
25099 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25100 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25105 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25106 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25107 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25108 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25112 \begin_layout Standard
25113 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25114 entry with surrounding brackets.
25119 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25120 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25132 \begin_layout Standard
25135 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25138 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25140 key "latexcompanion"
25147 \begin_layout Standard
25148 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25149 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25158 \begin_layout Subsection
25159 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25160 \begin_inset Index idx
25163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25164 Bibliography ! Databases
25170 \begin_inset Index idx
25173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25174 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25182 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25189 \begin_layout Standard
25190 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25196 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25198 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25199 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25204 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25206 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25207 your working field in a database.
25208 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25209 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25211 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25215 \begin_layout Standard
25216 The database is a text file with the file extension
25217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25228 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25229 The format is explained in
25230 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25236 and in LaTeX books (
25237 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25239 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25244 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25245 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25246 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25247 \begin_inset Flex URL
25250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25252 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25260 \begin_layout Standard
25261 To use a database, use the menu
25263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25268 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25281 \begin_inset space ~
25287 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25288 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25291 Add bibliography to TOC
25293 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25298 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25301 \begin_layout Standard
25302 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25314 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25315 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25316 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25318 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25324 For information how this is done, have a look at
25325 \begin_inset Newline newline
25329 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25331 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25344 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25347 \begin_layout Standard
25348 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25349 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25352 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25380 \begin_inset space ~
25386 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25392 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25401 \begin_layout Standard
25402 When you select the option
25404 Sectioned bibliography
25408 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25411 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25412 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25414 Customizing Bibliographies
25422 Additional Features
25427 \begin_layout Standard
25428 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25429 the two methods of creating them.
25430 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25431 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25432 We used the style file
25436 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25439 \begin_layout Subsection
25440 Bibliography layout
25441 \begin_inset Index idx
25444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25445 Bibliography ! Layout
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25455 For this feature you need to enable the option
25461 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25465 \begin_inset Index idx
25468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25469 Document ! Settings
25479 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25480 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25481 in the previous section.
25484 \begin_layout Standard
25485 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25486 in the citation reference window.
25487 Here an example where we set the text
25488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25492 \begin_inset space ~
25496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25499 to appear after the reference:
25502 \begin_layout Standard
25504 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25507 key "latexcompanion"
25514 \begin_layout Section
25516 \begin_inset Index idx
25519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25538 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25540 \begin_inset space ~
25545 or the toolbar button
25546 \begin_inset Graphics
25547 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25565 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25566 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25567 by LyX as the index entry.
25570 \begin_layout Standard
25571 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25572 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25574 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25576 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25583 \begin_layout Standard
25584 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25587 \begin_layout Standard
25588 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25592 \begin_inset space ~
25596 \begin_inset space ~
25599 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25601 \begin_inset space ~
25607 A light blue box labeled
25608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25619 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25620 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25623 \begin_layout Subsection
25624 Grouping Index Entries
25625 \begin_inset Index idx
25628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25638 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25640 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25641 lists under the entry
25642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25650 First we create the entry
25651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25659 \begin_inset space ~
25663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25665 reference "sub:Lists"
25670 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25671 \begin_inset space ~
25675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25677 reference "sec:Itemize"
25681 , we insert the command
25684 \begin_layout Standard
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 for the enumerated list in section
25702 \begin_inset space ~
25706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25708 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25716 The exclamation mark
25717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25724 marks the grouping levels.
25725 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25726 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25727 If we don't have an index entry for
25728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25735 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25738 \begin_layout Subsection
25740 \begin_inset Index idx
25743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25744 Index ! Page ranges
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25753 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25755 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25756 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25758 \begin_inset space ~
25762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25764 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25774 Paragraph environments|(
25777 \begin_layout Standard
25778 and another entry at the end of section
25779 \begin_inset space ~
25783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25785 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25795 Paragraph environments|)
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25823 respectively start and end the index range.
25824 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25825 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25826 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25827 An example is the index entry
25828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25831 Document ! Settings
25832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25838 \begin_layout Subsection
25840 \begin_inset Index idx
25843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25844 Index ! Cross referencing
25852 \begin_layout Standard
25853 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25854 We referred for example in the index entry
25855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25863 \begin_inset space ~
25867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25869 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25873 ) to the index entry
25874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25881 in the same section using the entry
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25887 GIF|see{Image formats}
25890 \begin_layout Standard
25891 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25892 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25893 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25896 \begin_layout Subsection
25898 \begin_inset Index idx
25901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25902 Index ! Entry order
25910 \begin_layout Standard
25911 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25912 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25913 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25918 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25920 \begin_inset space ~
25924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25926 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25935 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25936 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25961 \begin_inset Index idx
25964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25965 Dummy entries ! maïs
25971 \begin_inset Index idx
25974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25975 Dummy entries ! maître
25981 \begin_inset Index idx
25984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25985 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25990 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25991 order maïs, maison, maître.
25992 To achieve this, we use the command
25995 \begin_layout Standard
25998 previous entry@current entry
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26002 In our case we want to have
26003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26018 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26028 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26029 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26033 \begin_layout Subsection
26035 \begin_inset Index idx
26038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26039 Index ! Entry layout
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26049 \begin_inset Index idx
26052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26055 This is an italic dummy entry
26060 You can also format the page number using the character
26061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26068 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26069 We can write for example
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26075 italic page number:|textit
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26079 to get the page number in italic.
26080 \begin_inset Index idx
26083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26084 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26089 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26107 \begin_inset space ~
26113 Have a look at section
26114 \begin_inset space ~
26118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26120 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26124 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26128 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26136 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26140 to generate the index, see section
26141 \begin_inset space ~
26145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26147 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26156 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26157 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26159 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26162 key "latexcompanion"
26174 \begin_layout Standard
26175 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26177 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26178 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26179 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26180 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26181 If so, put the following in the preamble
26184 \begin_layout Standard
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26200 \begin_layout Standard
26206 \begin_layout Standard
26207 in the index entry.
26208 \begin_inset Index idx
26211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26212 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26217 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26218 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26219 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26223 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26229 \begin_inset space \space{}
26232 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26233 for all index entries.
26234 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26246 documentation for details,
26247 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26249 key "makeindex,xindy"
26256 \begin_layout Subsection
26258 \begin_inset Index idx
26261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26270 name "sub:Index-Program"
26277 \begin_layout Standard
26278 When the index entry program
26282 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26283 generation; otherwise the program
26287 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26288 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26289 dialog, see section
26290 \begin_inset space ~
26294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26296 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26301 The available options are listed and explained in
26302 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26304 key "makeindex,xindy"
26309 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26317 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26318 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26319 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26320 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26321 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26329 \begin_layout Section
26330 Nomenclature / Glossary
26331 \begin_inset Index idx
26334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26341 \begin_inset Index idx
26344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26375 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26382 \begin_layout Standard
26383 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26384 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26389 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26394 \begin_inset Index idx
26397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26398 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26404 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26405 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26411 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26415 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26416 and then use the menu
26418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26424 \begin_inset space ~
26429 or the toolbar button
26430 \begin_inset Graphics
26431 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26449 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26453 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26454 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26455 The second is the description of the symbol.
26458 \begin_layout Standard
26459 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26467 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26475 \begin_layout Subsection
26476 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26477 \begin_inset Index idx
26480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26481 Nomenclature ! Layout
26489 \begin_layout Standard
26490 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26494 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26500 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26508 \begin_inset Newline newline
26516 \begin_inset Newline newline
26522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26529 character starts/ends the formula.
26530 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26542 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26552 \begin_layout Standard
26553 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26554 \begin_inset space ~
26558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26560 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26571 \begin_inset space ~
26576 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26577 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26582 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26589 in this document is:
26590 \begin_inset Newline newline
26595 dummy entry for the character
26600 \begin_inset Newline newline
26612 \begin_inset space ~
26622 font use the command
26651 \begin_layout Subsection
26652 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26653 \begin_inset Index idx
26656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26657 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26666 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26667 the symbol definition.
26668 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26669 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26672 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26673 LatexCommand nomenclature
26675 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26682 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26686 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26687 LatexCommand nomenclature
26690 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26695 They will be sorted by
26696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26722 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26725 will be sorted before the
26729 since the character
26730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26737 is considered in sorting.
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26741 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26744 \begin_inset space ~
26749 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26750 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26752 For the example given, you can insert
26756 in this field for the
26757 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26764 will be located before
26765 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26772 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26777 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26786 \begin_layout Subsection
26787 Nomenclature Options
26788 \begin_inset Index idx
26791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26792 Nomenclature ! Options
26800 \begin_layout Standard
26805 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26806 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26809 \begin_layout Description
26810 refeq Appends the phrase
26811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26826 to every nomenclature entry, where
26832 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26835 \begin_layout Description
26836 refpage Appends the phrase
26837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26852 to every nomenclature entry, where
26858 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26861 \begin_layout Description
26862 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26865 \begin_layout Standard
26866 There are furthermore the options
26910 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26915 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26916 class options list in the
26918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26922 In this document the option
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26930 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26937 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26938 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26943 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26946 \begin_layout Description
26956 \begin_layout Description
26959 nomrefpage Like the
26966 \begin_layout Description
26969 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26978 \begin_layout Description
26982 \begin_inset space ~
26988 \begin_inset space ~
26993 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26996 \begin_layout Subsection
26997 Printing the Nomenclature
26998 \begin_inset Index idx
27001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27002 Nomenclature ! Printing
27010 \begin_layout Standard
27011 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27015 \begin_inset space ~
27019 \begin_inset space ~
27022 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27026 A light blue box labeled
27027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27038 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27039 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27052 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27060 For example, in order to change the name to
27064 , add the following line to the preamble:
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27075 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27078 \begin_layout Standard
27079 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27085 \begin_layout Standard
27086 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27087 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27098 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27104 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27105 \begin_inset space ~
27109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27111 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27116 The default value is 1
27117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27123 \begin_layout Subsection
27124 Nomenclature Program
27125 \begin_inset Index idx
27128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27129 Nomenclature ! Program
27135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27137 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27145 LyX uses the program
27149 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27150 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27155 by adding options, see section
27156 \begin_inset space ~
27160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27162 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27167 The available options are listed and explained in
27168 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27170 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27177 \begin_layout Section
27179 \begin_inset Index idx
27182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27189 \begin_inset Index idx
27192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27193 Document ! Branches
27199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27201 name "sec:Branches"
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27209 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27210 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27211 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27212 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27216 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27217 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27218 To create a branch, go in the
27220 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27228 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27229 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27232 \begin_layout Standard
27233 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27234 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27239 where you can choose a branch.
27240 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27244 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27245 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27248 \begin_layout Standard
27249 \begin_inset Branch Question
27252 \begin_layout Standard
27253 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27261 \begin_layout Standard
27262 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27265 \begin_layout Standard
27266 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27275 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27282 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27283 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27285 For example you can define for the question branch
27289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27290 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27291 \begin_inset space ~
27295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27297 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27330 and for the answer branch
27333 \begin_layout Standard
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27354 \begin_inset Branch Question
27357 \begin_layout Standard
27361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27389 \begin_layout Standard
27390 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27393 \begin_layout Standard
27397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27426 Now it is possible to use the commands
27430 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27437 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27440 to obtain conditional output.
27441 Here is an example formula where only the
27448 \begin_inset Formula \[
27449 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27457 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27465 \begin_layout Section
27467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27469 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27474 \begin_inset Index idx
27477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27491 dialog allows you in the
27495 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27496 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27501 \begin_inset Index idx
27504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27505 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27518 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27519 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27520 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27522 You can specify in the dialog tab
27526 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27528 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27529 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27538 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27539 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27540 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27542 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27543 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27545 \begin_inset space ~
27548 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27549 \begin_inset space ~
27552 1 will only display the sections.
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 The header information in the dialog tab
27560 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27561 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27566 \begin_inset space \space{}
27569 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27570 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27573 Automatic fill header
27575 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27576 title and author settings.
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27582 Load in fullscreen mode
27584 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27588 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27589 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27595 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27596 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27605 \begin_layout Section
27606 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27609 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27616 \begin_layout Subsection
27618 \begin_inset Index idx
27621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27630 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27637 \begin_layout Standard
27638 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27639 constructs, but not all.
27640 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27641 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27642 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27643 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27644 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27649 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27651 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27655 \begin_inset space ~
27660 or by the toolbar button
27661 \begin_inset Graphics
27662 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27667 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27672 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27673 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27674 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27681 , you can write the command part
27687 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27691 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27692 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27693 the following example:
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27697 \begin_inset Graphics
27698 filename clipart/ERT.png
27706 \begin_layout Standard
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27711 This is a line with a
27715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27747 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27748 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27756 \begin_layout Subsection
27757 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27758 \begin_inset OptArg
27761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27768 \begin_inset Index idx
27771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27780 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27788 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27789 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27790 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27799 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27800 any time if you know the right commands.
27802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27806 \begin_inset space \space{}
27809 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27811 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27812 all caption labels bold.
27813 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27815 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27820 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27821 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27822 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27824 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27833 \begin_layout Standard
27834 As result you know that the package
27839 \begin_inset Index idx
27842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27843 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27849 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27851 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27857 \begin_layout Standard
27862 usepackage[options]{package name}
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27866 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27867 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27868 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 In your case the package name is
27877 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27882 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27883 So you add the command
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27891 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27894 \begin_layout Standard
27895 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27900 For more commands provided by the
27904 package, have a look at its documentation,
27905 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27922 For example if you use a
27926 class, you don't need the package
27930 , you can instead write
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27938 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27943 \begin_layout Standard
27944 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27945 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27946 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27953 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
27958 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27960 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27961 the previous section.
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27965 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27967 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27969 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27977 \begin_layout Section
27978 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27979 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27981 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27986 \begin_inset Index idx
27989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27996 \begin_inset Index idx
27999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28009 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28010 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28011 to break your train of thought with
28013 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28019 \begin_layout Standard
28020 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28021 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28026 \begin_inset Index idx
28029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28030 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28035 as explained below, and turn on
28038 \begin_inset space ~
28045 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28051 \begin_inset space ~
28055 \begin_inset space ~
28058 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28065 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28067 Previews of an already loaded document are
28071 generated just by selecting the
28074 \begin_inset space ~
28079 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28083 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28084 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28087 \begin_inset space ~
28092 check box in the insert dialog.
28093 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28097 \begin_layout Standard
28098 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28102 (on some systems named simply
28107 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28109 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28115 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28116 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28124 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28128 \begin_layout Standard
28129 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28135 \begin_layout Standard
28136 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28140 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28142 \begin_inset space ~
28147 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28148 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28150 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28151 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28152 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28153 the source view window.
28156 \begin_layout Section
28158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28160 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28165 \begin_inset Index idx
28168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28179 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28196 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28202 can be seen as the successor to
28206 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28211 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28212 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28221 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28222 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28229 \begin_layout Standard
28232 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28235 or the toolbar button
28236 \begin_inset Graphics
28237 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28238 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28242 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28243 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28244 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28245 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28246 scrolled so that it is visible.
28251 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28253 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28257 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28258 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28261 \begin_layout Standard
28262 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28265 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28269 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28270 will bring an error message.
28271 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28272 specifying a different
28274 Alternative language
28276 in preferences dialog.
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28280 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28283 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28287 \begin_layout Standard
28288 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28289 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28291 But you can use the
28294 \begin_inset space ~
28298 \begin_inset space ~
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28307 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28308 This does work with
28312 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28315 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28319 \begin_layout Standard
28324 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28327 \begin_layout Description
28329 \begin_inset space ~
28332 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28333 should consider, e.
28334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28338 \begin_inset space \space{}
28341 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28342 This should not normally be needed.
28345 \begin_layout Description
28347 \begin_inset space ~
28350 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28351 the spell checker's default choice
28354 \begin_layout Description
28356 \begin_inset space ~
28360 \begin_inset space ~
28363 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28375 \begin_layout Description
28377 \begin_inset space ~
28381 \begin_inset space ~
28384 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28393 also for the spellchecker.
28397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28398 The encodings are explained in section
28399 \begin_inset space ~
28403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28405 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28414 Only enable this if you use
28418 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28419 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28420 so this is disabled by default.
28423 \begin_layout Section
28425 \begin_inset Index idx
28428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28437 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28444 \begin_layout Standard
28445 LyX provides support for two different thesaurus frameworks:
28448 \begin_layout Enumerate
28457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28458 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28460 target "http://aiksaurus.sourceforge.net"
28469 which is also used by Abiword, but which is English only.
28472 \begin_layout Enumerate
28481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28482 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28484 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28493 which is also used by OpenOffice, and which supports many languages.
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28497 You need to have one of these libraries installed in order to use the thesaurus
28498 (if both are installed,
28502 will be chosen automatically).
28505 \begin_layout Subsection
28506 Setting up the thesaurus
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28514 library can directly access the OpenOffice thesauri, which consist of two
28515 files per language: A file with the ending
28519 containing the data and an index file with the ending
28524 The file names include the language code for the given language, so the
28525 English files are named:
28528 \begin_layout Itemize
28532 \begin_layout Itemize
28536 \begin_layout Standard
28537 If you have OpenOffice installed including its thesaurus, these files should
28538 be already on your system.
28539 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28540 \begin_inset Newline newline
28544 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28546 target "http://extensions.services.openoffice.org"
28551 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28556 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28558 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28559 unpack a zip archive.
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28571 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28572 s), and the specify the path to this directory in
28574 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28575 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28579 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28582 \begin_layout Subsection
28583 Using the thesaurus
28586 \begin_layout Standard
28587 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28589 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28592 or the toolbar button
28593 \begin_inset Graphics
28594 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28595 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28596 rotateOrigin center
28600 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28602 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28604 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28605 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28606 and hyponyms (such as
28614 ), compounds (such as
28618 ) and antonyms (such as
28626 ), which are marked as such.
28629 \begin_layout Standard
28630 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28631 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28636 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28637 the dictionary, such as the above
28641 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28646 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28647 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28648 For example looking up the word forms
28656 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28661 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28674 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28675 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28676 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28679 \begin_layout Section
28681 \begin_inset Index idx
28684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28691 \begin_inset Index idx
28694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28695 Document ! Change Tracking
28701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28703 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28710 \begin_layout Standard
28711 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28712 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28713 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28714 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28718 \begin_inset space ~
28721 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28723 \begin_inset space ~
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28741 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28744 \begin_inset space ~
28748 \begin_inset space ~
28758 \begin_inset Index idx
28761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28770 \begin_layout Standard
28771 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28772 \begin_inset Index idx
28775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28784 \begin_layout Standard
28785 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28791 \begin_layout Standard
28792 \begin_inset Graphics
28793 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28800 \begin_layout Standard
28801 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28807 \begin_layout Standard
28808 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28812 \begin_layout Standard
28813 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28819 \begin_layout Standard
28820 \begin_inset Tabular
28821 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28822 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
28823 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28824 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28825 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28830 \begin_inset Graphics
28831 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28832 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28833 rotateOrigin center
28842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28848 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28850 \begin_inset space ~
28853 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28855 \begin_inset space ~
28864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28869 \begin_inset Graphics
28870 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28871 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28872 rotateOrigin center
28881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28887 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28889 \begin_inset space ~
28892 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28894 \begin_inset space ~
28898 \begin_inset space ~
28902 \begin_inset space ~
28911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28916 \begin_inset Graphics
28917 filename ../images/change-next.png
28918 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28919 rotateOrigin center
28928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28932 Jumps to the next change
28938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28943 \begin_inset Graphics
28944 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28945 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28946 rotateOrigin center
28955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28961 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28963 \begin_inset space ~
28966 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28968 \begin_inset space ~
28977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28982 \begin_inset Graphics
28983 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28985 rotateOrigin center
28994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29002 \begin_inset space ~
29005 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29007 \begin_inset space ~
29016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29021 \begin_inset Graphics
29022 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29024 rotateOrigin center
29033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29041 \begin_inset space ~
29044 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29046 \begin_inset space ~
29055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29060 \begin_inset Graphics
29061 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29062 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29063 rotateOrigin center
29072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29078 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29080 \begin_inset space ~
29083 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29085 \begin_inset space ~
29089 \begin_inset space ~
29098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29103 \begin_inset Graphics
29104 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29105 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29106 rotateOrigin center
29115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29121 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29123 \begin_inset space ~
29126 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29128 \begin_inset space ~
29132 \begin_inset space ~
29141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29146 \begin_inset Graphics
29147 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29148 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29149 rotateOrigin center
29158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29165 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29167 \begin_inset space ~
29176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29181 \begin_inset Graphics
29182 filename ../images/note-next.png
29183 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29184 rotateOrigin center
29193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29199 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29201 \begin_inset space ~
29217 \begin_layout Standard
29218 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29224 \begin_layout Standard
29225 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29226 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29227 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29228 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29229 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29230 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29231 step to the next change.
29232 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29235 \begin_layout Standard
29236 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29237 to describe a change.
29240 \begin_layout Standard
29241 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29246 \begin_inset Index idx
29249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29250 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29256 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29257 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29263 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29266 \begin_layout Section
29267 International Support
29268 \begin_inset Index idx
29271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29272 International support
29280 \begin_layout Standard
29281 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29282 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29283 how to set up LyX to use them:
29284 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29286 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29293 \begin_layout Standard
29294 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29295 \begin_inset space ~
29299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29301 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29308 \begin_layout Subsection
29310 \begin_inset Index idx
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29320 \begin_inset Index idx
29323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29324 Document ! Settings
29330 \begin_inset Index idx
29333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29334 Document ! Language
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29345 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29348 dialog lets you set
29350 the language and character encoding for your language.
29354 \begin_layout Standard
29355 Choose your language in the
29359 section of this dialog.
29367 \begin_layout Standard
29372 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29377 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29378 For details about the different encoding options see section
29379 \begin_inset space ~
29383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29385 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29392 \begin_layout Subsection
29393 Keyboard mapping configuration
29394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29396 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29405 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29406 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29407 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29408 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29410 \begin_inset space ~
29414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29416 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29421 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29422 which one you want to use.
29425 \begin_layout Standard
29426 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29427 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29428 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29429 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29430 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29431 one to support the characters you want.
29432 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29439 \begin_layout Subsection
29443 \begin_layout Standard
29445 \begin_inset space ~
29449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29451 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29460 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29464 \begin_layout Standard
29465 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29466 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29474 \begin_layout Itemize
29475 Even if you have selected
29481 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29484 dialog, users who have only the
29488 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29492 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29493 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29494 french quotes won't show up.
29497 \begin_layout Standard
29498 \begin_inset Float table
29503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 \begin_inset Caption
29506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29509 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29527 \begin_inset Tabular
29528 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29529 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33959 \begin_layout Standard
33960 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33962 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33963 also the characters from
33975 \begin_layout Itemize
33984 \begin_layout Standard
33985 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33986 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33992 \begin_layout Standard
33993 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33994 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34000 \begin_layout Standard
34001 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34002 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34008 \begin_layout Standard
34009 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34010 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34016 \begin_layout Standard
34018 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34024 \begin_layout Standard
34026 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34034 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34041 \begin_layout Itemize
34054 \begin_layout Standard
34056 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34062 \begin_layout Standard
34064 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34070 \begin_layout Standard
34072 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34078 \begin_layout Standard
34080 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34086 \begin_layout Standard
34088 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34094 \begin_layout Standard
34096 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34103 \begin_layout Standard
34104 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34105 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34106 Also make sure you're using the
34113 \begin_layout Chapter
34116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34118 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34125 \begin_layout Standard
34126 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34127 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34128 inside the user's guide.
34131 \begin_layout Section
34133 \begin_inset Index idx
34136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 \begin_layout Standard
34150 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34151 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34154 \begin_layout Subsection
34158 \begin_layout Standard
34159 Creates a new document.
34162 \begin_layout Subsection
34166 \begin_layout Standard
34167 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34168 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34169 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34172 \begin_layout Subsection
34176 \begin_layout Standard
34180 \begin_layout Subsection
34184 \begin_layout Standard
34185 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34186 Click there on a file to open it.
34189 \begin_layout Subsection
34193 \begin_layout Standard
34194 Closes the current document.
34197 \begin_layout Subsection
34201 \begin_layout Standard
34202 Saves the actual document.
34205 \begin_layout Subsection
34209 \begin_layout Standard
34210 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34213 \begin_layout Subsection
34217 \begin_layout Standard
34218 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34221 \begin_layout Subsection
34225 \begin_layout Standard
34226 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34227 It is described in the section
34229 Version Control in LyX
34233 Additional Features
34238 \begin_layout Subsection
34242 \begin_layout Standard
34243 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34244 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34245 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34248 \begin_layout Standard
34249 When using the menu
34252 \begin_inset space ~
34256 \begin_inset space ~
34261 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34262 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34263 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34264 will start a new paragraph.
34267 \begin_layout Subsection
34269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34278 \begin_layout Standard
34279 You can export your document to various file formats.
34280 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34281 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34282 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34285 \begin_layout Standard
34286 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34288 \begin_inset space ~
34292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34294 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34301 \begin_layout Description
34305 \begin_inset space ~
34310 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34311 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34314 \begin_layout Description
34322 \begin_layout Description
34323 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34327 \begin_layout Description
34329 \begin_inset space ~
34333 \begin_inset space ~
34336 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34340 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34348 \begin_layout Description
34355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34363 \begin_inset space ~
34368 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34369 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34373 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34376 \begin_layout Description
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34391 \begin_inset space ~
34396 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34397 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34405 \begin_layout Description
34407 \begin_inset space ~
34410 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34418 is replaced by the version number)
34421 \begin_layout Description
34422 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34435 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34439 \begin_layout Description
34444 PDF-format using the program
34449 \begin_layout Description
34453 \begin_inset space ~
34458 PDF-format using the program
34463 \begin_layout Description
34467 \begin_inset space ~
34472 PDF-format using the program
34477 \begin_layout Description
34481 \begin_inset space ~
34489 \begin_layout Description
34493 \begin_inset space ~
34497 \begin_inset space ~
34502 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34503 and then exported as text using the program
34508 \begin_layout Description
34513 PostScript format using the program
34518 \begin_layout Description
34526 \begin_layout Standard
34531 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34532 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34538 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34541 \begin_layout Standard
34542 If one of the menu entries
34549 \begin_inset space ~
34558 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34559 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34560 \begin_inset space ~
34564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34566 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34571 \begin_inset Index idx
34574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34575 Reconfiguration of LyX
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34588 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34589 the export program.
34592 \begin_layout Subsection
34596 \begin_layout Standard
34597 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34598 or send it to a printer.
34599 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34600 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34606 For more information have a look at section
34607 \begin_inset space ~
34611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34613 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34620 \begin_layout Subsection
34621 New and Close Window
34624 \begin_layout Standard
34625 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34626 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34629 \begin_layout Section
34631 \begin_inset Index idx
34634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34643 \begin_layout Subsection
34647 \begin_layout Standard
34648 Described in section
34649 \begin_inset space ~
34653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34655 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34662 \begin_layout Subsection
34663 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34666 \begin_layout Standard
34667 Described in section
34668 \begin_inset space ~
34672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34674 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34681 \begin_layout Subsection
34685 \begin_layout Standard
34686 Selects the whole document.
34689 \begin_layout Subsection
34693 \begin_layout Standard
34694 Described in section
34695 \begin_inset space ~
34699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34701 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34708 \begin_layout Subsection
34709 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34712 \begin_layout Standard
34713 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34717 \begin_layout Subsection
34721 \begin_layout Standard
34722 Described in section
34723 \begin_inset space ~
34727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34729 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34736 \begin_layout Subsection
34738 \begin_inset Index idx
34741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 Paragraph ! Settings
34750 \begin_layout Standard
34751 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34753 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34756 \begin_layout Standard
34757 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34758 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34761 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34767 \begin_inset space ~
34775 \begin_layout Subsection
34779 \begin_layout Standard
34780 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34782 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34783 The properties of tables are described in section
34784 \begin_inset space ~
34788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34790 reference "sec:Tables"
34794 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34795 \begin_inset space ~
34799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34801 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34808 \begin_layout Subsection
34809 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34812 \begin_layout Standard
34813 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34815 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34816 \begin_inset space ~
34820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34822 reference "sec:Nesting"
34827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34829 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34836 \begin_layout Section
34838 \begin_inset Index idx
34841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34850 \begin_layout Standard
34855 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34856 document with an external program.
34857 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34858 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34859 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34860 \begin_inset space ~
34864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34866 reference "sub:Export"
34871 You should at least see the menu entries
34878 \begin_inset space ~
34884 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34885 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34886 \begin_inset space ~
34890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34892 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34897 \begin_inset Index idx
34900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34901 Reconfiguration of LyX
34909 \begin_layout Standard
34910 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34911 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34912 \begin_inset space ~
34916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34918 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34923 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34926 \begin_layout Standard
34927 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34930 At the bottom of the
34934 menu the opened documents are listed.
34937 \begin_layout Subsection
34938 Open/Close all Insets
34941 \begin_layout Standard
34942 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34945 \begin_layout Subsection
34946 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34949 \begin_layout Standard
34950 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34953 \begin_layout Standard
34954 Math macros are described in the
34961 \begin_layout Subsection
34965 \begin_layout Standard
34966 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34968 \begin_inset space ~
34972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34974 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34981 \begin_layout Subsection
34985 \begin_layout Standard
34986 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34987 opening a new view window.
34990 \begin_layout Subsection
34994 \begin_layout Standard
34995 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34996 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34997 the same document, but at different positions.
34998 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34999 or more documents the same time.
35000 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35007 \begin_layout Subsection
35011 \begin_layout Standard
35012 Closes a split view.
35015 \begin_layout Subsection
35019 \begin_layout Standard
35020 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35021 that you will see nothing than your text.
35022 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35023 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35024 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35027 \begin_layout Subsection
35029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35031 name "sub:Toolbars"
35036 \begin_inset Index idx
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35048 \begin_layout Standard
35049 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35050 All toolbars and the
35053 \begin_inset space ~
35058 can be turned on and off.
35063 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35075 \begin_inset space ~
35084 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35088 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35095 \begin_layout Standard
35100 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35104 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35105 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35106 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35107 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35108 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35111 \begin_layout Standard
35112 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35113 \begin_inset space ~
35117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35119 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35126 \begin_layout Section
35128 \begin_inset Index idx
35131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35140 \begin_layout Subsection
35144 \begin_layout Standard
35145 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35146 \begin_inset space ~
35150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35152 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35163 \begin_layout Subsection
35165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35167 name "sub:Special-Character"
35174 \begin_layout Standard
35175 Here you can insert the following characters:
35178 \begin_layout Description
35179 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35180 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35181 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35182 \begin_inset Newline newline
35186 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35194 Not all characters will be visible in the
35198 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35206 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35210 ) can display every character.
35218 \begin_layout Description
35219 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35223 \begin_layout Description
35225 \begin_inset space ~
35229 \begin_inset space ~
35232 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35233 \begin_inset space ~
35237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35239 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35246 \begin_layout Description
35248 \begin_inset space ~
35251 Quote Inserts this quote:
35252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35255 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35257 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35267 \begin_layout Description
35269 \begin_inset space ~
35272 Quote Inserts this quote:
35273 \begin_inset Quotes els
35279 \begin_layout Description
35281 \begin_inset space ~
35284 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35288 \begin_layout Description
35290 \begin_inset space ~
35293 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35297 \begin_layout Description
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35302 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35306 \begin_layout Description
35308 \begin_inset space ~
35312 \begin_inset Index idx
35315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 \begin_inset Index idx
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35326 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35331 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35332 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35333 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35338 \begin_inset Index idx
35341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35342 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35348 \begin_inset Newline newline
35351 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35363 and this Wiki-page:
35364 \begin_inset Newline newline
35368 \begin_inset Flex URL
35371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35373 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35381 \begin_layout Subsection
35385 \begin_layout Standard
35386 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35389 \begin_layout Description
35390 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35391 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35397 \begin_layout Description
35398 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35399 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35405 \begin_layout Description
35407 \begin_inset space ~
35410 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35411 \begin_inset space ~
35415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35417 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35424 \begin_layout Description
35426 \begin_inset space ~
35429 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35430 \begin_inset space ~
35434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35436 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35443 \begin_layout Description
35445 \begin_inset space ~
35448 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35449 \begin_inset space ~
35453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35455 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35462 \begin_layout Description
35464 \begin_inset space ~
35467 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35468 \begin_inset space ~
35472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35474 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35481 \begin_layout Description
35483 \begin_inset space ~
35486 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35487 \begin_inset space ~
35491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35493 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35500 \begin_layout Description
35502 \begin_inset space ~
35505 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35506 \begin_inset space ~
35510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35512 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35519 \begin_layout Description
35521 \begin_inset space ~
35524 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35525 \begin_inset space ~
35529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35531 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35538 \begin_layout Description
35540 \begin_inset space ~
35543 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35550 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35557 \begin_layout Description
35559 \begin_inset space ~
35563 \begin_inset space ~
35566 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35567 \begin_inset space ~
35571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35573 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35580 \begin_layout Description
35582 \begin_inset space ~
35585 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35586 text line to the page border, see section
35587 \begin_inset space ~
35591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35593 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35600 \begin_layout Description
35602 \begin_inset space ~
35605 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35606 \begin_inset space ~
35610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35612 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35619 \begin_layout Description
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35624 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35625 text page to the page border, described in section
35626 \begin_inset space ~
35630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35632 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35639 \begin_layout Description
35641 \begin_inset space ~
35644 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35645 \begin_inset space ~
35649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35651 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35658 \begin_layout Description
35660 \begin_inset space ~
35664 \begin_inset space ~
35667 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35668 \begin_inset space ~
35672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35674 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35681 \begin_layout Subsection
35685 \begin_layout Standard
35686 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35687 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35689 \begin_inset space ~
35693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35695 reference "sec:toc"
35700 The index list is described in section
35701 \begin_inset space ~
35705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35707 reference "sec:Index"
35711 , the nomenclature in section
35712 \begin_inset space ~
35716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35718 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35722 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35723 \begin_inset space ~
35727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35729 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35736 \begin_layout Subsection
35740 \begin_layout Standard
35741 To insert floats, described in section
35742 \begin_inset space ~
35746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35748 reference "sec:Floats"
35755 \begin_layout Subsection
35759 \begin_layout Standard
35760 To insert notes, described in section
35761 \begin_inset space ~
35765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35767 reference "sec:Notes"
35774 \begin_layout Subsection
35778 \begin_layout Standard
35779 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35780 \begin_inset space ~
35784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35786 reference "sec:Branches"
35793 \begin_layout Subsection
35795 \begin_inset Index idx
35798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35807 \begin_layout Standard
35808 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35809 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35820 \begin_layout Subsection
35822 \begin_inset Index idx
35825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35836 \begin_inset space ~
35840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35842 reference "sec:Minipages"
35847 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35858 \begin_layout Subsection
35862 \begin_layout Standard
35863 Inserts a citation as described in section
35864 \begin_inset space ~
35868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35870 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35877 \begin_layout Subsection
35881 \begin_layout Standard
35882 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35883 \begin_inset space ~
35887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35889 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35896 \begin_layout Subsection
35900 \begin_layout Standard
35901 Inserts a label as described in section
35902 \begin_inset space ~
35906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35908 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35915 \begin_layout Subsection
35917 \begin_inset Index idx
35920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35927 \begin_inset Index idx
35930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 Longtables ! Caption
35939 \begin_layout Standard
35940 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35941 Floats are described in section
35942 \begin_inset space ~
35946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35948 reference "sec:Floats"
35952 , captions in longtables are described in section
35963 \begin_layout Subsection
35967 \begin_layout Standard
35968 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35969 \begin_inset space ~
35973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35975 reference "sec:Index"
35982 \begin_layout Subsection
35986 \begin_layout Standard
35987 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35988 \begin_inset space ~
35992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35994 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36001 \begin_layout Subsection
36005 \begin_layout Standard
36007 Tables are described in section
36008 \begin_inset space ~
36012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36014 reference "sec:Tables"
36021 \begin_layout Subsection
36025 \begin_layout Standard
36027 Graphics are described in section
36028 \begin_inset space ~
36032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36034 reference "sec:Graphics"
36041 \begin_layout Subsection
36045 \begin_layout Standard
36046 Inserts an URL as described in section
36047 \begin_inset space ~
36051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36053 reference "sub:URLs"
36060 \begin_layout Subsection
36064 \begin_layout Standard
36065 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36066 \begin_inset space ~
36070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36072 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36079 \begin_layout Subsection
36083 \begin_layout Standard
36084 Inserts a footnote, see section
36085 \begin_inset space ~
36089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36091 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36098 \begin_layout Subsection
36102 \begin_layout Standard
36103 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36104 \begin_inset space ~
36108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36110 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36117 \begin_layout Subsection
36121 \begin_layout Standard
36122 Inserts a short title, see section
36123 \begin_inset space ~
36127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36129 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36136 \begin_layout Subsection
36140 \begin_layout Standard
36141 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36142 \begin_inset space ~
36146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36148 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36155 \begin_layout Subsection
36157 \begin_inset Index idx
36160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36169 \begin_layout Standard
36170 Inserts a program listings box.
36171 Program listings are explained in chapter
36173 Program Code Listings
36182 \begin_layout Subsection
36186 \begin_layout Standard
36187 Inserts the actual date.
36188 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36190 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36200 There the different methods are also compared.
36203 \begin_layout Section
36205 \begin_inset Index idx
36208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36217 \begin_layout Standard
36218 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36219 \begin_inset space ~
36222 of the current document.
36223 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36226 \begin_layout Subsection
36230 \begin_layout Standard
36231 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36232 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36238 \begin_inset space \space{}
36242 \begin_inset space ~
36246 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36247 \begin_inset space ~
36250 2.5 and use the menu
36253 \begin_inset space ~
36257 \begin_inset space ~
36264 \begin_inset space ~
36270 \begin_inset space ~
36274 \begin_inset space ~
36280 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36284 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36290 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36296 \begin_layout Standard
36297 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36298 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36301 \begin_layout Subsection
36302 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36305 \begin_layout Standard
36306 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36310 \begin_layout Subsection
36314 \begin_layout Standard
36315 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36316 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36317 on a cross-reference box.
36320 \begin_layout Section
36322 \begin_inset Index idx
36325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36334 \begin_layout Subsection
36338 \begin_layout Standard
36339 Change Tracking is described in section
36340 \begin_inset space ~
36344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36346 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36353 \begin_layout Subsection
36358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36368 \begin_layout Standard
36369 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36371 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36374 \begin_layout Standard
36375 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36380 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36383 \begin_layout Subsection
36387 \begin_layout Standard
36388 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36395 reference "sec:Navigating"
36400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36402 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36409 \begin_layout Subsection
36410 Start Appendix Here
36413 \begin_layout Standard
36414 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36415 position as described in section
36416 \begin_inset space ~
36420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36422 reference "sec:Appendices"
36429 \begin_layout Subsection
36433 \begin_layout Standard
36434 Un/compresses the current document.
36437 \begin_layout Subsection
36441 \begin_layout Standard
36442 The document settings are described in appendix
36443 \begin_inset space ~
36447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36449 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36456 \begin_layout Section
36458 \begin_inset Index idx
36461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36470 \begin_layout Subsection
36474 \begin_layout Standard
36475 Spell checking is explained in section
36476 \begin_inset space ~
36480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36482 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36489 \begin_layout Subsection
36493 \begin_layout Standard
36494 The thesaurus is described in section
36495 \begin_inset space ~
36499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36501 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36508 \begin_layout Subsection
36510 \begin_inset Index idx
36513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36520 \begin_inset Index idx
36523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 \begin_layout Standard
36533 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36534 highlighted document part.
36537 \begin_layout Subsection
36539 \begin_inset Index idx
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36551 \begin_layout Standard
36552 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36555 \begin_layout Subsection
36557 \begin_inset Index idx
36560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36561 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 Reconfiguration of LyX
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36589 \begin_inset Index idx
36592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36593 Reconfiguration of LyX
36601 \begin_layout Standard
36602 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36603 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36604 \begin_inset space ~
36608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36610 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36617 \begin_layout Subsection
36621 \begin_layout Standard
36622 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36629 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36636 \begin_layout Section
36638 \begin_inset Index idx
36641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36659 \begin_inset space ~
36664 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36665 found by LyX (see also section
36666 \begin_inset space ~
36670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36672 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36679 \begin_layout Section
36681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36683 name "sec:Toolbars"
36690 \begin_layout Standard
36691 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36692 \begin_inset space ~
36696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36698 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36705 \begin_layout Standard
36706 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36707 This is described in the
36709 Additional Features
36714 \begin_layout Subsection
36716 \begin_inset Index idx
36719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36729 \begin_inset Graphics
36730 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36739 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36746 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36763 \begin_inset Note Note
36766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36767 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36772 manual for more information.
36780 \begin_layout Standard
36781 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36787 \begin_layout Standard
36788 \begin_inset Tabular
36789 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36790 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36791 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36792 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 \begin_inset Graphics
36799 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36813 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36826 \begin_layout Standard
36827 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36833 \begin_layout Standard
36835 \begin_inset Tabular
36836 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36837 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36838 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36839 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36847 \begin_inset Graphics
36848 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36864 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 \begin_inset Graphics
36877 filename ../images/file-open.png
36878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36893 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36905 \begin_inset Graphics
36906 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36922 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 \begin_inset Graphics
36935 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36936 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36963 \begin_inset Graphics
36964 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36980 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 \begin_inset Graphics
36993 filename ../images/undo.png
36994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37009 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37021 \begin_inset Graphics
37022 filename ../images/redo.png
37023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37038 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 \begin_inset Graphics
37051 filename ../images/cut.png
37052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37079 \begin_inset Graphics
37080 filename ../images/copy.png
37081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37096 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37108 \begin_inset Graphics
37109 filename ../images/paste.png
37110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37125 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37132 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 \begin_inset Graphics
37138 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37139 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37140 rotateOrigin center
37149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37175 \begin_inset Graphics
37176 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37177 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37192 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37194 \begin_inset space ~
37205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37210 \begin_inset Graphics
37211 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37212 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37227 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37229 \begin_inset space ~
37240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 \begin_inset Graphics
37246 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 Formats text using the current settings in the
37262 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37264 \begin_inset space ~
37275 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37280 \begin_inset Graphics
37281 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37282 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37298 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37300 \begin_inset space ~
37309 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37314 \begin_inset Graphics
37315 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37317 rotateOrigin center
37326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 \begin_inset Graphics
37345 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37347 rotateOrigin center
37356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37374 \begin_inset Graphics
37375 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37376 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37377 rotateOrigin center
37386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37390 Toggle outline window on/off,
37392 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37404 \begin_inset Graphics
37405 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37406 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37407 rotateOrigin center
37416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37420 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37431 \begin_inset Graphics
37432 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37434 rotateOrigin center
37443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37460 \begin_layout Subsection
37462 \begin_inset Index idx
37465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 \begin_layout Standard
37475 \begin_inset Graphics
37476 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37484 \begin_layout Standard
37485 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37491 \begin_layout Standard
37492 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37496 \begin_layout Standard
37497 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37503 \begin_layout Standard
37504 \begin_inset Tabular
37505 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37506 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
37507 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37508 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 \begin_inset Graphics
37515 filename ../images/layout.png
37516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37517 rotateOrigin center
37526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37536 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37541 \begin_inset Graphics
37542 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37543 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37544 rotateOrigin center
37553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37568 \begin_inset Graphics
37569 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37571 rotateOrigin center
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 \begin_inset Graphics
37596 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37598 rotateOrigin center
37607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37622 \begin_inset Graphics
37623 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37624 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37625 rotateOrigin center
37634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 \begin_inset Graphics
37650 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37651 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37652 rotateOrigin center
37661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37669 \begin_inset space ~
37673 \begin_inset space ~
37682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37687 \begin_inset Graphics
37688 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37689 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37690 rotateOrigin center
37699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37705 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37707 \begin_inset space ~
37711 \begin_inset space ~
37720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37725 \begin_inset Graphics
37726 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37727 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37743 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37755 \begin_inset Graphics
37756 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37757 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37773 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37785 \begin_inset Graphics
37786 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37809 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37814 \begin_inset Graphics
37815 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37816 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37843 \begin_inset Graphics
37844 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37872 \begin_inset Graphics
37873 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37891 \begin_inset space ~
37900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37905 \begin_inset Graphics
37906 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37924 \begin_inset space ~
37933 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 \begin_inset Graphics
37939 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37940 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37962 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37967 \begin_inset Graphics
37968 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37969 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37970 rotateOrigin center
37979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37987 \begin_inset space ~
37996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38001 \begin_inset Graphics
38002 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38019 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38021 \begin_inset space ~
38030 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 \begin_inset Graphics
38036 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38037 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38052 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38059 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38064 \begin_inset Graphics
38065 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38066 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38093 \begin_inset Graphics
38094 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38137 \begin_inset Graphics
38138 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38139 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38155 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38167 \begin_inset Graphics
38168 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38185 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38187 \begin_inset space ~
38196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38201 \begin_inset Graphics
38202 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38204 rotateOrigin center
38213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38219 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38221 \begin_inset space ~
38230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 \begin_inset Graphics
38236 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38237 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38238 rotateOrigin center
38247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38253 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38255 \begin_inset space ~
38264 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38269 \begin_inset Graphics
38270 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38271 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38272 rotateOrigin center
38281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38301 \begin_layout Subsection
38302 View / Update Toolbar
38303 \begin_inset Index idx
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 Toolbar ! View / Update
38315 \begin_layout Standard
38316 \begin_inset Graphics
38317 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38324 \begin_layout Standard
38325 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38331 \begin_layout Standard
38332 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38336 \begin_layout Standard
38337 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38343 \begin_layout Standard
38344 \begin_inset Tabular
38345 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38346 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38347 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38348 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 \begin_inset Graphics
38355 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38357 rotateOrigin center
38366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38384 \begin_inset Graphics
38385 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38386 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38387 rotateOrigin center
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38402 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38403 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38410 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38415 \begin_inset Graphics
38416 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38417 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38418 rotateOrigin center
38427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38440 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38445 \begin_inset Graphics
38446 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38447 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38448 rotateOrigin center
38457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38463 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38464 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38476 \begin_inset Graphics
38477 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38479 rotateOrigin center
38488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38494 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38506 \begin_inset Graphics
38507 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38509 rotateOrigin center
38518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38524 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38525 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38539 \begin_layout Subsection
38543 \begin_layout Standard
38544 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38545 \begin_inset space ~
38549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38551 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38555 , the table toolbar
38556 \begin_inset Index idx
38559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38569 manual, the math macro toolbar
38570 \begin_inset Index idx
38573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38586 \begin_layout Chapter
38587 The Document Settings
38588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38590 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38595 \begin_inset Index idx
38598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38599 Document ! Settings
38607 \begin_layout Standard
38608 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38609 whole document and is called with the menu
38611 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38615 You can save your document settings as default with th
38617 e Save as Document Defaults
38619 button in the dialog.
38620 This will create a template name
38628 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38632 \begin_layout Standard
38633 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38636 \begin_layout Section
38640 \begin_layout Standard
38641 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38643 Document classes are described in section
38644 \begin_inset space ~
38648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38650 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38655 Some classes use some class options by default.
38656 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38660 and you can decide to use them or not.
38661 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38662 recommended not to touch them.
38663 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38669 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38670 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38675 When you want one of the following drivers
38676 \begin_inset Newline newline
38679 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38680 \begin_inset Newline newline
38683 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38688 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38690 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38702 \begin_layout Standard
38703 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38704 child or subdocument.
38705 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38706 without its master.
38707 This way child documents are always compileable.
38708 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38719 \begin_layout Section
38723 \begin_layout Standard
38724 Modules are explained in section
38725 \begin_inset space ~
38729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38731 reference "sub:Modules"
38738 \begin_layout Section
38742 \begin_layout Standard
38743 The document font settings are described in section
38744 \begin_inset space ~
38748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38750 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38757 \begin_layout Section
38761 \begin_layout Standard
38762 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38764 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38768 \begin_layout Standard
38769 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38770 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38771 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38774 \begin_layout Standard
38775 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38783 \begin_layout Section
38787 \begin_layout Standard
38788 A description of this menu is given in section
38789 \begin_inset space ~
38793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38795 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38802 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38809 \begin_layout Section
38813 \begin_layout Standard
38814 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38815 \begin_inset space ~
38819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38821 reference "sub:Margins"
38828 \begin_layout Section
38830 \begin_inset Index idx
38833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38834 Language ! Encoding
38842 \begin_layout Standard
38843 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38844 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38845 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38846 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38847 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38848 known for a particular character).
38852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38853 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38854 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38859 manual for details.
38867 \begin_layout Standard
38868 If you use the option
38872 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38873 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38874 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38875 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38876 exactly one encoding.
38877 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38886 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38887 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38889 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38890 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38904 \begin_layout Standard
38905 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38906 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38907 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38908 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38909 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38910 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38915 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38916 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38917 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38920 \begin_layout Standard
38921 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38924 \begin_layout Description
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38930 \begin_inset space ~
38934 \begin_inset space ~
38941 , but the LaTeX-package
38946 \begin_inset Index idx
38949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38950 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38956 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38957 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38958 languages in TeX code.
38961 \begin_layout Description
38962 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38963 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38964 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38967 \begin_layout Description
38969 \begin_inset space ~
38973 \begin_inset space ~
38976 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38979 \begin_layout Description
38981 \begin_inset space ~
38985 \begin_inset space ~
38988 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38991 \begin_layout Description
38993 \begin_inset space ~
38996 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38999 \begin_layout Description
39001 \begin_inset space ~
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39008 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39009 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39012 \begin_layout Description
39014 \begin_inset space ~
39018 \begin_inset space ~
39021 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39025 \begin_layout Description
39027 \begin_inset space ~
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39034 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39035 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39038 \begin_layout Description
39040 \begin_inset space ~
39044 \begin_inset space ~
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39051 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39052 \begin_inset space ~
39058 \begin_layout Description
39060 \begin_inset space ~
39064 \begin_inset space ~
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39071 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39072 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39075 \begin_layout Description
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39084 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39085 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39086 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39087 \begin_inset space ~
39091 \begin_inset space ~
39097 \begin_layout Description
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39106 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39107 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39108 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39109 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39110 \begin_inset space ~
39114 \begin_inset space ~
39120 \begin_layout Description
39122 \begin_inset space ~
39126 \begin_inset space ~
39129 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39132 \begin_layout Description
39134 \begin_inset space ~
39138 \begin_inset space ~
39141 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39144 \begin_layout Description
39146 \begin_inset space ~
39150 \begin_inset space ~
39153 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39156 \begin_layout Description
39158 \begin_inset space ~
39161 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39164 \begin_layout Description
39166 \begin_inset space ~
39169 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39172 \begin_layout Description
39174 \begin_inset space ~
39178 \begin_inset space ~
39181 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39184 \begin_layout Description
39186 \begin_inset space ~
39190 \begin_inset space ~
39196 \begin_layout Description
39198 \begin_inset space ~
39202 \begin_inset space ~
39205 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39208 \begin_layout Description
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39214 \begin_inset space ~
39220 \begin_layout Description
39222 \begin_inset space ~
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39229 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39234 \begin_inset Index idx
39237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39238 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39243 , when using this, set the document language to
39248 \begin_layout Description
39250 \begin_inset space ~
39254 \begin_inset space ~
39257 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39261 , when using this, set the document language to
39266 \begin_layout Description
39268 \begin_inset space ~
39272 \begin_inset space ~
39275 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39280 \begin_inset Index idx
39283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39284 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39289 , when using this, set the document language to
39294 \begin_layout Description
39296 \begin_inset space ~
39300 \begin_inset space ~
39303 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39307 , when using this, set the document language to
39312 \begin_layout Description
39314 \begin_inset space ~
39318 \begin_inset space ~
39321 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39325 , when using this, set the document language to
39330 \begin_layout Description
39332 \begin_inset space ~
39335 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39338 \begin_layout Description
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39344 \begin_inset space ~
39348 \begin_inset space ~
39351 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39354 \begin_layout Description
39356 \begin_inset space ~
39360 \begin_inset space ~
39364 \begin_inset space ~
39367 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39368 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39369 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39372 \begin_layout Description
39374 \begin_inset space ~
39378 \begin_inset space ~
39384 \begin_layout Description
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39390 \begin_inset space ~
39393 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39394 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39397 \begin_layout Description
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39406 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39411 \begin_inset Index idx
39414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39415 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39420 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39423 \begin_layout Description
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39429 \begin_inset space ~
39432 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39436 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39445 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39446 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39460 \begin_layout Description
39462 \begin_inset space ~
39466 \begin_inset space ~
39469 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39474 \begin_inset Index idx
39477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39478 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39483 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39486 \begin_layout Description
39488 \begin_inset space ~
39491 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39496 \begin_inset Index idx
39499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39500 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39506 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39510 \begin_layout Description
39512 \begin_inset space ~
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39520 \begin_inset space ~
39523 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39524 \begin_inset space ~
39530 \begin_layout Description
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39536 \begin_inset space ~
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39543 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39544 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39545 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39549 \begin_layout Description
39551 \begin_inset space ~
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39562 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39563 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39566 \begin_layout Section
39570 \begin_layout Standard
39571 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39573 \begin_inset space ~
39577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39579 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39586 \begin_layout Section
39590 \begin_layout Standard
39591 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39596 \begin_inset Index idx
39599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39600 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39610 \begin_inset Index idx
39613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39614 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39620 For a further description see section
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39627 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39634 \begin_layout Section
39638 \begin_layout Standard
39639 The PDF properties are explained in section
39640 \begin_inset space ~
39644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39646 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39653 \begin_layout Section
39657 \begin_layout Standard
39658 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39663 \begin_inset Index idx
39666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39667 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39677 \begin_inset Index idx
39680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39681 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39686 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39689 \begin_layout Standard
39694 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39695 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39698 \begin_layout Standard
39703 is used for special integral characters.
39706 \begin_layout Section
39710 \begin_layout Standard
39711 The float placement options are described in section
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39718 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39725 \begin_layout Section
39729 \begin_layout Standard
39730 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39731 The itemize environment is described in section
39732 \begin_inset space ~
39736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39738 reference "sec:Itemize"
39745 \begin_layout Section
39749 \begin_layout Standard
39750 Branches are described in section
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39757 reference "sec:Branches"
39764 \begin_layout Section
39769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39779 \begin_layout Standard
39780 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39781 to define LaTeX-commands.
39782 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39783 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39787 \begin_layout Standard
39788 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39795 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39802 \begin_layout Chapter
39808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39810 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39815 \begin_inset Index idx
39818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39827 \begin_layout Standard
39828 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39830 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39834 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39837 \begin_layout Section
39841 \begin_layout Subsection
39845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39846 User Interface File
39847 \begin_inset Index idx
39850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39851 Customization ! of toolbars
39857 \begin_inset Index idx
39860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39861 Customization ! of menus
39869 \begin_layout Standard
39870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39878 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39887 \begin_layout Standard
39888 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39889 interface (ui) file.
39890 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39891 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39900 Both files are loaded by the
39905 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39906 files and edit the entries.
39909 \begin_layout Standard
39910 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39922 entries must be ended with an explicit
39947 and in the case of the
39948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39960 The syntax for the entries is:
39963 \begin_layout Standard
39964 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39992 \begin_layout Standard
39994 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39997 All LyX-functions are listed in
39998 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40007 \begin_layout Standard
40008 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40014 \begin_layout Standard
40015 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40017 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40020 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40024 \begin_layout Standard
40025 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40030 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40033 \begin_layout Standard
40035 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40038 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40041 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40045 \begin_layout Standard
40048 Enable tool tips in main work area
40050 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40058 \begin_layout Standard
40062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40069 restoring of window layout and geometries
40071 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40072 in the last LyX session.
40075 \begin_layout Standard
40078 Restore cursor positions
40080 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40084 \begin_layout Standard
40087 Load opened files from last session
40089 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40096 name "sub:Backup documents"
40101 \begin_inset Index idx
40104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40113 \begin_layout Standard
40118 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40121 \begin_layout Standard
40126 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40129 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40131 \begin_inset space ~
40139 \begin_layout Standard
40142 Open documents in tabs
40144 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40148 \begin_layout Subsection
40150 \begin_inset Index idx
40153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40162 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40169 \begin_layout Standard
40170 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40173 \begin_layout Standard
40174 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40182 This section only deals with the fonts
40187 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40190 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40191 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40203 By default, LyX uses
40207 as roman (serif) font,
40215 (depends on the system) as
40218 \begin_inset space ~
40234 \begin_layout Standard
40235 You can change the font size with the
40240 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40241 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40244 \begin_layout Standard
40249 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40250 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40255 points have the size of 1
40256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40266 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40273 \begin_layout Standard
40278 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40283 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40290 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40297 \begin_layout Standard
40300 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40302 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40303 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40304 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40305 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40307 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40308 \begin_inset space ~
40314 \begin_layout Subsection
40316 \begin_inset Index idx
40319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40326 \begin_inset Index idx
40329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40338 \begin_layout Standard
40339 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40340 Choose an item in the list and use the
40347 \begin_layout Subsection
40349 \begin_inset Index idx
40352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40353 Settings ! Graphics
40361 \begin_layout Standard
40362 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40365 \begin_layout Standard
40370 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40371 This feature is described in section
40372 \begin_inset space ~
40376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40378 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40385 \begin_layout Section
40387 \begin_inset Index idx
40390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40399 \begin_layout Subsection
40403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40407 \begin_layout Standard
40410 Cursor follows scrollbar
40412 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40416 \begin_layout Standard
40419 Sort environments alphabetically
40421 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40427 Group environments by their category
40429 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40432 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40436 \begin_layout Standard
40437 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40442 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40443 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40447 \begin_layout Subsection
40449 \begin_inset Index idx
40452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40459 \begin_inset Index idx
40462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40463 Settings ! Shortcuts
40471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40475 \begin_layout Standard
40476 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40477 Several binding files are available:
40480 \begin_layout Description
40481 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40484 \begin_layout Description
40485 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40496 \begin_layout Description
40497 mac.bind set of bindings for
40500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40508 \begin_layout Standard
40509 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40513 , and bind files for special languages.
40514 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40519 \begin_inset space \space{}
40523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40531 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40535 \begin_layout Standard
40536 Some bind-files, like
40540 , have only a small scope.
40541 When looking at the the end of the file
40545 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40548 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40552 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40557 \begin_inset Index idx
40560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40561 Key Bindings ! Editing
40569 \begin_layout Standard
40570 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40571 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40572 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40575 Show key-bindings containing
40578 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40579 Insert there for example as keyword
40580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40587 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40597 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40598 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40602 that you find in the
40609 \begin_layout Standard
40611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40615 \begin_inset space \space{}
40626 , select the function and press the
40631 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40632 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40633 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40634 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40635 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40637 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40639 The binding for the function
40643 is an example for this.
40646 \begin_layout Standard
40647 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40649 The syntax of the entries is:
40652 \begin_layout Standard
40658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40676 \begin_layout Subsection
40678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40688 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40693 \begin_inset Index idx
40696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40703 \begin_inset Index idx
40706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40707 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40715 \begin_layout Standard
40716 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40717 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40723 \begin_inset space \space{}
40726 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40727 can use the keyboard map file named
40734 \begin_layout Standard
40735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40743 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40751 \begin_layout Standard
40752 Besides this, you can specify here the
40754 Wheel scrolling speed
40757 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40761 \begin_layout Subsection
40763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40765 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40770 \begin_inset Index idx
40773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 \begin_layout Standard
40783 Input completion is described in sec.
40784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40790 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40795 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40797 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40798 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40802 \begin_layout Section
40804 \begin_inset Index idx
40807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 \begin_inset Index idx
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40826 \begin_layout Description
40828 \begin_inset space ~
40831 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40832 It is the default when you
40843 \begin_inset space ~
40851 \begin_layout Description
40853 \begin_inset space ~
40856 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40858 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40860 \begin_inset space ~
40864 \begin_inset space ~
40872 \begin_layout Description
40874 \begin_inset space ~
40877 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40883 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40887 \begin_inset Newline newline
40891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40903 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40911 \begin_layout Description
40913 \begin_inset space ~
40917 \begin_inset Index idx
40920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40926 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40927 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40928 \begin_inset space ~
40932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40934 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40942 will be used to save the backups.
40943 \begin_inset Newline newline
40946 The backup files have the ending
40947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40957 \begin_layout Description
40962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40969 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40970 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40971 \begin_inset Newline newline
40975 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40983 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40991 \begin_layout Description
40993 \begin_inset space ~
40996 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40999 \begin_layout Description
41001 \begin_inset space ~
41004 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41005 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41006 to find it on the system.
41007 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41008 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41017 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41018 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41022 \begin_layout Section
41026 \begin_layout Standard
41027 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41028 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41030 \begin_inset space ~
41034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41036 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41040 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41043 \begin_layout Section
41045 \begin_inset Index idx
41048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41049 Language ! Settings
41055 \begin_inset Index idx
41058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41059 Settings ! Language
41067 \begin_layout Subsection
41071 \begin_layout Description
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41077 \begin_inset space ~
41080 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41081 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41082 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41083 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41084 You find the actual translation status here:
41085 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41087 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41088 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41095 \begin_layout Description
41097 \begin_inset space ~
41100 language is the language used in new documents
41103 \begin_layout Description
41105 \begin_inset space ~
41108 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41110 The default is the LaTeX-command
41116 that loads the package
41124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41125 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41126 \begin_inset space ~
41130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41132 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41142 \begin_inset Newline newline
41149 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41150 the document language.
41151 A text label is for instance the word
41152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41159 at the beginning of every table caption.
41162 \begin_layout Description
41164 \begin_inset space ~
41167 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41168 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41169 An example is the start command
41175 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41180 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41195 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41200 \begin_layout Description
41202 \begin_inset space ~
41210 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41211 command toggles the package on and off.
41214 \begin_layout Description
41216 \begin_inset space ~
41226 \begin_layout Description
41227 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41228 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41229 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41230 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41237 \begin_layout Description
41239 \begin_inset space ~
41242 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41244 When this option is not set, the
41247 \begin_inset space ~
41252 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41253 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41256 \begin_inset space ~
41264 \begin_layout Description
41266 \begin_inset space ~
41272 \begin_inset space ~
41278 When it is not set, the
41281 \begin_inset space ~
41286 is set to the end of the document.
41289 \begin_layout Description
41291 \begin_inset space ~
41295 \begin_inset space ~
41298 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41299 language will be underlined blue.
41302 \begin_layout Description
41304 \begin_inset space ~
41308 \begin_inset space ~
41311 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41312 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41315 \begin_layout Description
41317 \begin_inset space ~
41320 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41321 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41322 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41323 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41326 \begin_layout Subsection
41330 \begin_layout Standard
41331 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41332 \begin_inset space ~
41336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41338 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41345 \begin_layout Section
41349 \begin_layout Subsection
41351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41358 \begin_inset Index idx
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 \begin_inset Index idx
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41380 \begin_layout Description
41382 \begin_inset space ~
41385 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41386 The name will be used when the
41391 \begin_inset Newline newline
41395 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41403 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41412 \begin_layout Description
41414 \begin_inset space ~
41418 \begin_inset space ~
41422 \begin_inset space ~
41425 printer This option works only for the
41430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41442 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41443 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41446 \begin_layout Description
41448 \begin_inset space ~
41451 command is the command LyX
41452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41459 LaTeX uses for printing.
41460 The default is on most systems
41467 \begin_layout Description
41469 \begin_inset space ~
41473 \begin_inset space ~
41476 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41477 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41478 of the program that provides the
41485 \begin_layout Subsection
41487 \begin_inset Index idx
41490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41497 \begin_inset Index idx
41500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41501 Settings ! Date format
41509 \begin_layout Standard
41510 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41511 \begin_inset Newline newline
41515 \begin_inset Flex URL
41518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41520 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41526 \begin_inset Newline newline
41529 For example the format
41530 \begin_inset Newline newline
41534 \begin_inset Newline newline
41537 prints the date as day/month/year.
41540 \begin_layout Subsection
41544 \begin_layout Description
41546 \begin_inset space ~
41550 \begin_inset space ~
41553 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41556 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41557 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41559 \begin_inset space ~
41565 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41569 \begin_layout Description
41571 \begin_inset space ~
41574 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41579 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41580 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41583 \begin_layout Subsection
41588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41598 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41603 \begin_inset Index idx
41606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41615 \begin_layout Description
41620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41628 \begin_inset space ~
41631 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41636 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41658 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41671 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41672 LyX sets up in the background.
41673 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41676 \begin_layout Description
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41685 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41690 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41693 \begin_layout Standard
41694 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41695 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41696 manuals of the applications.
41697 Currently the following commands can be set:
41700 \begin_layout Description
41705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41713 \begin_inset space ~
41716 command Command for the program
41720 that is described in section
41726 Additional Features
41731 \begin_layout Description
41736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 \begin_inset space ~
41747 command Command for the program
41751 that generates the bibliography, see section
41752 \begin_inset space ~
41756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41758 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41765 \begin_layout Description
41767 \begin_inset space ~
41770 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41777 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41784 \begin_layout Description
41786 \begin_inset space ~
41789 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41790 \begin_inset space ~
41794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41796 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41803 \begin_layout Description
41805 \begin_inset space ~
41809 \begin_inset space ~
41813 \begin_inset space ~
41817 \begin_inset space ~
41820 options They only have an effect when the program
41824 is used as DVI-viewer.
41827 \begin_layout Standard
41828 There are additionally the following options:
41831 \begin_layout Description
41833 \begin_inset space ~
41837 \begin_inset space ~
41841 \begin_inset space ~
41845 \begin_inset space ~
41849 \begin_inset space ~
41852 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41870 to separate folders.
41871 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41872 \begin_inset Index idx
41875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41882 \begin_inset Index idx
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41894 \begin_layout Description
41896 \begin_inset space ~
41900 \begin_inset space ~
41904 \begin_inset space ~
41908 \begin_inset space ~
41912 \begin_inset space ~
41916 \begin_inset space ~
41919 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41921 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41924 dialog when changing the document class.
41927 \begin_layout Section
41929 \begin_inset space ~
41933 \begin_inset Index idx
41936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 \begin_layout Subsection
41947 \begin_inset Index idx
41950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41959 \begin_layout Standard
41960 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41961 from one format to another.
41962 You can modify them or create new ones.
41963 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41970 \begin_inset space ~
41980 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41984 \begin_inset space ~
41989 drop-down list, modify the
41993 field, and press the
42000 \begin_layout Standard
42003 Converter File Cache
42005 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42008 Maximum Age (in days
42011 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42012 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42015 \begin_layout Standard
42016 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42017 the converter definition, is described in section
42028 \begin_layout Subsection
42030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42032 name "sec:File-Formats"
42037 \begin_inset Index idx
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 \begin_inset Index idx
42050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42059 \begin_layout Standard
42060 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42061 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42065 \begin_layout Standard
42066 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42067 is described in section
42078 \begin_layout Standard
42079 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42080 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42081 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42082 This is done by specifying a
42087 More about this is described in section
42098 \begin_layout Chapter
42099 Units available in LyX
42100 \begin_inset Index idx
42103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42112 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42119 \begin_layout Standard
42120 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42123 reference "cap:Units"
42127 explains all units available in LyX.
42130 \begin_layout Standard
42131 \begin_inset Float table
42137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42138 \begin_inset Caption
42140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42156 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 \begin_inset Tabular
42165 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42166 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42319 scaled point (65536
42320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42352 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42380 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42435 % of original image width
42442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42649 \begin_layout Chapter
42651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42660 \begin_layout Standard
42661 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42662 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42665 \begin_layout Itemize
42668 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42671 \begin_layout Itemize
42677 \begin_layout Itemize
42683 \begin_layout Itemize
42689 \begin_layout Itemize
42695 \begin_layout Itemize
42701 \begin_layout Itemize
42707 \begin_layout Itemize
42713 \begin_layout Itemize
42716 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42719 \begin_layout Itemize
42725 \begin_layout Itemize
42731 \begin_layout Itemize
42737 \begin_layout Itemize
42743 \begin_layout Itemize
42749 \begin_layout Itemize
42755 \begin_layout Itemize
42761 \begin_layout Itemize
42767 \begin_layout Itemize
42769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42778 \begin_layout Standard
42779 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42782 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42789 \begin_layout Bibliography
42790 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42791 LatexCommand bibitem
42798 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42801 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42806 \begin_inset Newline newline
42810 \begin_inset Flex URL
42813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42815 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42823 \begin_layout Bibliography
42824 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42825 LatexCommand bibitem
42826 key "latexcompanion"
42830 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42832 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42835 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42838 \begin_layout Bibliography
42839 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42840 LatexCommand bibitem
42845 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42848 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42851 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42854 \begin_layout Bibliography
42855 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42856 LatexCommand bibitem
42863 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42866 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42869 \begin_layout Bibliography
42870 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42871 LatexCommand bibitem
42883 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42886 \begin_layout Bibliography
42887 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42888 LatexCommand bibitem
42894 \begin_inset Newline newline
42898 \begin_inset Flex URL
42901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42903 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42911 \begin_layout Bibliography
42912 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42913 LatexCommand bibitem
42919 \begin_inset Newline newline
42923 \begin_inset Flex URL
42926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42928 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42936 \begin_layout Bibliography
42937 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42938 LatexCommand bibitem
42944 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42946 name "Documentation"
42947 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42956 \begin_inset Newline newline
42960 \begin_inset Flex URL
42963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42965 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42973 \begin_layout Bibliography
42974 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42975 LatexCommand bibitem
42981 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42983 name "Documentation"
42984 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
42988 how to use the program
42993 \begin_inset Newline newline
42997 \begin_inset Flex URL
43000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43002 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43010 \begin_layout Bibliography
43011 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43012 LatexCommand bibitem
43018 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43020 name "Documentation"
43021 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43030 \begin_inset Newline newline
43034 \begin_inset Flex URL
43037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43039 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43047 \begin_layout Bibliography
43048 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43049 LatexCommand bibitem
43055 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43057 name "Documentation"
43058 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43067 \begin_inset Newline newline
43071 \begin_inset Flex URL
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43076 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43084 \begin_layout Bibliography
43085 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43086 LatexCommand bibitem
43092 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43094 name "Documentation"
43095 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43099 of the LaTeX-package
43104 \begin_inset Index idx
43107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43108 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43114 \begin_inset Newline newline
43118 \begin_inset Flex URL
43121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43123 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43131 \begin_layout Bibliography
43132 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43133 LatexCommand bibitem
43139 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43141 name "Documentation"
43142 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43146 of the LaTeX-package
43151 \begin_inset Index idx
43154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43155 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43161 \begin_inset Newline newline
43165 \begin_inset Flex URL
43168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43178 \begin_layout Bibliography
43179 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43180 LatexCommand bibitem
43188 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43190 name "Documentation"
43191 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43197 of the LaTeX-package
43202 \begin_inset Index idx
43205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43206 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43212 \begin_inset Newline newline
43216 \begin_inset Flex URL
43219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43221 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43229 \begin_layout Bibliography
43230 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43231 LatexCommand bibitem
43237 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43239 name "Documentation"
43240 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43244 of the LaTeX-package
43249 \begin_inset Index idx
43252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43253 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43259 \begin_inset Newline newline
43263 \begin_inset Flex URL
43266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43268 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43276 \begin_layout Bibliography
43277 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43278 LatexCommand bibitem
43284 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43286 name "Documentation"
43287 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43291 of the LaTeX-package
43296 \begin_inset Index idx
43299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43300 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43306 \begin_inset Newline newline
43310 \begin_inset Flex URL
43313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43315 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43323 \begin_layout Bibliography
43324 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43325 LatexCommand bibitem
43331 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43333 name "Documentation"
43334 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43338 of the LaTeX-package
43343 \begin_inset Index idx
43346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43347 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43353 \begin_inset Newline newline
43357 \begin_inset Flex URL
43360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43362 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43370 \begin_layout Bibliography
43371 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43372 LatexCommand bibitem
43378 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43381 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43385 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43386 \begin_inset Newline newline
43390 \begin_inset Flex URL
43393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43395 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43403 \begin_layout Bibliography
43404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43405 LatexCommand bibitem
43411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43414 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43418 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43419 \begin_inset Newline newline
43423 \begin_inset Flex URL
43426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43428 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43436 \begin_layout Bibliography
43437 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43438 LatexCommand bibitem
43444 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43447 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43451 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43452 \begin_inset Newline newline
43456 \begin_inset Flex URL
43459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43461 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43469 \begin_layout Bibliography
43470 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43471 LatexCommand bibitem
43477 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43480 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43484 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43485 \begin_inset Newline newline
43489 \begin_inset Flex URL
43492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43494 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43502 \begin_layout Bibliography
43503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43504 LatexCommand bibitem
43510 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43513 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43517 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43518 \begin_inset Newline newline
43522 \begin_inset Flex URL
43525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43527 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43535 \begin_layout Bibliography
43536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43537 LatexCommand bibitem
43543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43546 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43550 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43551 \begin_inset Newline newline
43555 \begin_inset Flex URL
43558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43560 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43568 \begin_layout Bibliography
43569 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43570 LatexCommand bibitem
43576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43579 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43583 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43584 \begin_inset Newline newline
43588 \begin_inset Flex URL
43591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43593 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43601 \begin_layout Bibliography
43602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43603 LatexCommand bibitem
43609 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43612 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43616 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43617 \begin_inset Newline newline
43621 \begin_inset Flex URL
43624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43626 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43634 \begin_layout Bibliography
43635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43636 LatexCommand bibitem
43642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43645 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43649 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43650 \begin_inset Newline newline
43654 \begin_inset Flex URL
43657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43659 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43667 \begin_layout Bibliography
43668 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43669 LatexCommand bibitem
43675 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43678 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43682 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43683 \begin_inset Newline newline
43687 \begin_inset Flex URL
43690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43692 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43700 \begin_layout Bibliography
43701 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43702 LatexCommand bibitem
43708 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43711 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43715 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43716 \begin_inset Newline newline
43720 \begin_inset Flex URL
43723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43725 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43733 \begin_layout Bibliography
43734 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43735 LatexCommand bibitem
43741 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43744 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43748 about new features in
43753 \begin_inset Newline newline
43757 \begin_inset Flex URL
43760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43762 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43770 \begin_layout Standard
43771 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43805 \begin_inset Note Note
43808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43815 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43816 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43817 bibliography is the second one:
43825 \begin_layout Standard
43826 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43827 LatexCommand bibtex
43828 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43829 options "biblio/alphadin"
43836 \begin_layout Standard
43837 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43840 \begin_layout Standard
43843 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43844 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43849 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43850 LatexCommand printindex